You are on page 1of 366

SERVICE MANUAL

FUJI DRI-CHEM CLINICAL CHMISTRY ANALYZER

FUJI DRI-CHEM 7000

First Edition
History
Rev Issue Date Reason Pages Affected
1 Dec. 22, 2004 New release

IMPORTANT
1) No part or all of this manual may be reproduced in any form without prior permission.
2) The information contained in this manual may be subject to change without prior notice.
3) Fuji Photo Film shall not be liable for malfunctions and damages resulting from installation,
relocation, remodeling, maintenance, and repair performance by other than dealers
specified by Fuji Photo Film.
4) Fuji Photo Film shall not be liable for malfunctions and damages of Fuji Photo Film products
due to products of other manufacturers not supplied by Fuji Photo Film.
5) Fuji Photo Film shall not be liable for malfunctions and damages resulting from remodeling,
maintenance, and repair using repair parts other than those specified by Fuji Photo Film.
6) Fuji Photo Film shall not be liable for malfunctions and damages resulting from negligence of
precautions and operating methods contained in this manual.
7) Fuji Photo Film shall not be liable for malfunctions and damages resulting from use under
environment conditions outside the range of using conditions for this product such as power
supply, installation environment, etc. contained in this manual.
8) Fuji Photo Film shall not be liable for malfunctions and damages resulting from natural
disasters such as fires, earthquakes, floods, lightning, etc.
9) No patent license is granted by the information herein.

Copylight (C) 2002-2004 Fuji Photo Film, Co., Ltd. All rights reserved.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01
Content

Table of contents
1. Safety and Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-1
1.1 Electrical Hazards. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1.2 Checking Moving Parts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1.3 Heavy Objects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1.4 Safety Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1.5 Personal Injury . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1.6 Cleaning Solutions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-1
1.7 Disinfectants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.8 Disposal of Used Slides . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.9 General Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-2
1.10 Safety and Warning Labels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1-3

2. Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-1
2.1 Installation Space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
2.2 Environmental Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
2.3 Electrical Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-1
2.4 Installation Site Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
2.5 Electrical Grounding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
2.6 Unpacking and Installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-2
2.7 Setting Up . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3
2.8 Acceptance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2-3

3. Component Names and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-1


3.1 Component Names. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-1
3.2 Connection diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-7

4. Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-1
4.1 Measurement Principles of Colorimetric Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
4.1.1 Preparation for Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-1
4.1.2 Process of Measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-2
4.1.3 Photometer and Calculation of Analyte Concentration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-3
4.2 Measurement Principle of Potentiometric Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
4.2.1 Preparation for Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
4.2.2 Process of Measurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
4.3 Sampling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
4.3.1 Picking up the Tip and Sealing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
4.3.2 Sample Level Detection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-4
4.3.3 Sample Aspiration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-5
4.3.4 Dilution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
4.3.5 Spotting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-6
4.3.6 Tip Disposal. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
4.4 Slide Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-7
4.4.1 Slide Transfer from the Slide Cartridges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-7
4.4.2 Insertion into the Incubator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8
4.4.3 Slide Ejection. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-8
4.5 Slide Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-9
4.5.1 Illuminating Part. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
4.5.2 CCD unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10
4.5.3 Control Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-10

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 0-1


Content
4.6 Incubation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-11
4.7 Photometer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
4.7.1 Lamp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
4.7.2 Blockage of Infrared Rays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
4.7.3 Interference Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
4.7.4 Reading Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
4.7.5 RBP and RWP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-12
4.8 Standard Curve. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13
4.8.1 Calculation of ODr (Optical Reflection Density). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13
4.8.2 Calculation of Analyte Concentration Density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-13
4.9 Analyzer Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15
4.10 QC system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15
4.11 PF Card Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-15
4.12 Calibration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
4.12.1 Calibration of CRP slide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-16
4.13 PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4-17

5. Control Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-1


5.1 Connection Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-1
5.2 Circuit Board Functions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
5.2.1 CP70A board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
5.2.2 DR70A board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
5.2.3 LHA-AMP Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
5.2.4 PRES2 Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
5.2.5 PRES4 Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
5.2.6 KB70A board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
5.2.7 EPM Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
5.2.8 PSS Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
5.2.9 LSAMP Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
5.2.10 RAC Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-3
5.2.11 TP70A board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5.2.12 LR70A Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5.2.13 CC70A Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5.2.14 LA70A Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5.2.15 LB70B Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-4
5.3 Distance per pulse of pulse motors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5-5

6. Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-1
6.1 Software Version. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1
6.2 DIP Switch Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1
6.2.1 CP70A Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-1
6.2.2 DR70A Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-2
6.3 Specific Functions of Power-on . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-3
6.3.1 Pressure / Potential Print Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-4
6.4 Usage Precautions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5
6.4.1 About Power off . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5
6.4.2 About PF Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5
6.4.3 Data Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5
6.4.4 During Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-5

0-2 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


Content

6.5 Calculation Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6


6.5.1 CM Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-6
6.5.2 PM Tests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-7
6.6 Sample Bar-code Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
6.6.1 Manufacturer, Type Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
6.6.2 Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-8
6.7 Communication Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9
6.7.1 Communication Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9
6.7.2 Data Transmission Specification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-9
6.8 Ticket Printer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
6.8.1 Communication Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
6.8.2 Dip Switch Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-13
6.9 Serial Cable Connection (PC/Ticket printer). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-14
6.10 Mode Settings and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15
6.10.1 Mode Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-15
6.10.2 Mode 0 - Entering into the Service Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-17
6.10.3 Mode 40 - Setting Spotting Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-18
6.10.4 Mode 41 - Measuring OD Check Plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-19
6.10.5 Mode 49 - Printing Error Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-20
6.10.6 Mode 70 - OD Calibration Using FC Card . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-21
6.10.7 Mode 71 - OD Calibration by Keyboard Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-22
6.10.8 Mode 72 - Inputting OD Calibration Coefficients (j, k) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-23
6.10.9 Mode 74 - Inputting Calibration Coefficients (l, m) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-27
6.10.10 Mode 90 - Changing Manufacturer Dilution Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-31
6.10.11 Mode 100 - Inputting the Specific Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-32
6.10.12 Mode 101 - Inputting Machine No. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-33
6.10.13 Mode 103 - Displaying Temperature and Humidity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-34
6.10.14 Mode 104 - Data File Reset. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-35
6.10.15 Mode 107 - Data File Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-36
6.10.16 Mode 108 - Shipping Data Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-37
6.10.17 Mode 109 - Setting Slide Code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-38
6.10.18 Mode 110 - Inputting OD Value for RWP/RBP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-39
6.10.19 Mode 111 - Inputting the Parameters of RBP Quality Check . . . . . . . . . . . 6-40
6.10.20 Mode 112 - Slide Fog Measurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-41
6.10.21 Mode 115 - Mechanical Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-42
6.10.22 Mode 116 - Mechanical Adjustment Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-42
6.10.23 Mode 121 - Displaying Cumulative Test Count . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-42
6.10.24 Mode 119 - Setting Slide Code for Each Sample . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-43
6.10.25 Mode 125 - Printing out Time Course of PM tests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-44
6.10.26 Mode 127 - Inputting PF Calibration Coefficients . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-45
6.10.27 Mode 129 - Setting a Threshold Detecting Spotting-failure. . . . . . . . . . . . .6-49
6.11 CF Card Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-50
6.11.1 Data Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-50
6.11.2 Memory Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-51
6.11.3 Data Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-52
6.11.4 Version Upgrade . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6-53

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 0-3


Content
7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-1
7.1 Disassembly and Reassembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1
7.1.1 Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-1
7.1.2 Main Chassis Cover (Top, Front, Rear). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-2
7.1.3 Key Board / Sampler Cover . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4
7.1.4 Syringe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-5
7.1.5 PRES4 Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7
7.1.6 Cleaning Syringe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-7
7.1.7 Reassembling Syringe. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-8
7.1.8 Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-10
7.1.9 TP70A Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-11
7.1.10 Nozzle Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-12
7.1.11 PF Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13
7.1.12 LSAMP Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-13
7.1.13 PSS Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-14
7.1.14 PF Pump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-15
7.1.15 PRES2 Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-16
7.1.16 Transfer Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-17
7.1.17 Sample Disk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-18
7.1.18 LA70A / LA70B Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20
7.1.19 RA70A Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-20
7.1.20 Transfer Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-21
7.1.20.1 Transfer bar replacement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-22
7.1.21 CCD Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-23
7.1.22 LR70A Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-25
7.1.23 CC70A Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-26
7.1.24 Slide Eject Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-27
7.1.25 PM Unit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-28
7.1.26 Probe Unit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-29
7.1.27 EPM Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-29
7.1.28 Interference Filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-30
7.1.29 CP70A / DR70A Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-31
7.1.30 Photometric Head . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-32
7.1.31 KB70A Board (Key Board). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35
7.1.32 Card Reader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35
7.2 Adjustment (Usage of Mechanical Adjustment Mode) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-36
7.2.1 Incubator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-37
7.2.1.1 Read position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-37
7.2.1.2 Insert position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-37
7.2.2 Slide Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-38
7.2.2.1 Spotting position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-38
7.2.2.2 Insert position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-38
7.2.3 Transfer Change . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-39
7.2.3.1 Insert position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-39
7.2.3.2 PM test position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-39
7.2.3.3 PM transfer height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-40
7.2.3.4 PM probe height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-40
7.2.4 Sample Disk. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-41
7.2.4.1 Sample disk slide feed position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-41
7.2.5 Tip Eject. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-42
7.2.5.1 CM tip eject position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-42
7.2.5.2 PM tip eject position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-42

0-4 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


Content

7.2.6 Tip Pickup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-43


7.2.6.1 CM nozzle tip pickup position for tip rack 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-43
7.2.6.2 CM nozzle tip pickup position for tip rack 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-43
7.2.6.3 Tip rack line adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-43
7.2.6.4 Adjustments for the reference fluid nozzle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-43
7.2.7 Spotting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-44
7.2.7.1 CM spotting height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-44
7.2.7.2 CM Spotting position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-45
7.2.7.3 PM spotting position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-46
7.2.7.4 Reference fluid spotting height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-47
7.2.7.5 Reference fluid spotting position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-47
7.2.8 Mixing Cups. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-48
7.2.8.1 Mixing cups base height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-48
7.2.8.2 Line adjustment of mixing cup base height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-48
7.2.8.3 Mixing cups base position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-49
7.2.8.4 Line adjustment of mixing cup base position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-49
7.2.9 Suction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-50
7.2.9.1 Sample disk suction height. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-50
7.2.9.2 Sample suction position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-51
7.2.9.3 Reference fluid suction height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-52
7.2.9.4 Reference fluid suction position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-53
7.2.10 PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-54
7.2.10.1 PF suction pad position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-54
7.2.10.2 PF reference height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-55
7.2.10.3 PF suction position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-55
7.2.10.4 PF suction height . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-55
7.2.11 Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-56
7.2.11.1 Optic axis adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-56
7.2.11.2 Deteriorate level setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-56

8. Checking and Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1


8.1 Usage of Mechanical Test Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-1
8.1.1 Sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
8.1.1.1 Tip sensor. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-2
8.1.1.2 Rack sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-3
8.1.1.3 HP (home position) sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-4
8.1.2 Interference Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5
8.1.2.1 Rotation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-5
8.1.2.2 Gain setting check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-6
8.1.2.3 Deterioration check of the interference filter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-7
8.1.3 Sampler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-8
8.1.3.1 Leak check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
8.1.4 Slide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
8.1.4.1 Transfer test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-9
8.1.5 PF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
8.1.5.1 PF Leak check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-10
8.1.5.2 Filtering check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-11
8.1.5.3 PF suction pad position check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-11
8.1.5.4 Sample level detection sensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-12
8.1.6 Lot Identification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13
8.1.6.1 Reading position check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-13
8.1.6.2 Reading test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-14
8.1.6.3 Continuous reading test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-15
8.1.7 Printer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-16
8.1.7.1 Printer test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-16

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 0-5


Content
8.1.8 Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17
8.1.8.1 Rotation test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-17
8.1.9 Sample BCR (bar-code reader) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18
8.1.9.1 Reading test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-18
8.2 Other Checking and Adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19
8.2.1 Sample Disk Height Adjustment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-19
8.3 Voltage Inspection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20
8.3.1 Voltage Check of the CP70A Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20
8.3.1.1 Checking LED lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20
8.3.1.2 Voltage check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-20
8.3.2 Voltage Check of the DR70A Board . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21
8.3.2.1 Checking LED lighting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21
8.3.2.2 Voltage check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-21
8.3.3 Voltage Check of the Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22
8.3.3.1 Checking power voltages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22
8.3.3.2 Checking lamp power voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .8-22

9. Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-1
9.1 Reviewing Error Logs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-1
9.2 Error Lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-2
9.3 Troubleshooting Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6
9.3.1 Code: H, L, >, <, @ (Indicated on test results) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-6
9.3.2 Code: $ (Indicated on test results). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-8
9.3.3 Code: + (Indicated on test results). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-9
9.3.4 Code: - (Indicated on test results). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-10
9.3.5 Code: * (Indicated on test results) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-11
9.3.6 Code: ? (Indicated on test results). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-12
9.3.7 Code: E (Indicated on test results) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-13
9.3.8 Code: & (Indicated on test results) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-14
9.3.9 Code: # (Indicated on test results). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-15
9.3.10 Code: ¥(Indicated on test results) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-16
9.3.11 Code: ERR= *** (Indicated on test results) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-17
9.3.12 Code: W030. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-20
9.3.13 Code: W040. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-21
9.3.14 Code: W060, W061 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-22
9.3.15 Code: W070. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-24
9.3.16 Code: W090. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-25
9.3.17 Code: W091. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-26
9.3.18 Code: W092. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-27
9.3.19 Code: W093. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-28
9.3.20 Code: W094, W095, W096, W097, W098 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-29
9.3.21 Code: W110, W111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-30
9.3.22 Code: W115, W116 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-31
9.3.23 Code: W120. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-33
9.3.24 Code: W0131. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-34
9.3.25 Code: W140. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-36
9.3.26 Code: W142. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-37
9.3.27 Code: W151. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-38
9.3.28 Code: W152. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-39
9.3.29 Code: W153. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-41
9.3.30 Code: W161. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-42
9.3.31 Code: W170. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-43

0-6 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


Content

9.3.32 Code: W173 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-44


9.3.33 Code: W180 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-45
9.3.34 Code: W190, W191 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-46
9.3.35 Code: W200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-47
9.3.36 Code: W201, W202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-48
9.3.37 Code: W203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-49
9.3.38 Code: W300, W301 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-50
9.3.39 Code: W302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-51
9.3.40 Code: W303 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-52
9.3.41 Code: W305, W306 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-53
9.3.42 Code: W1520, W1521 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-54
9.3.43 Code: E035 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-55
9.3.44 Code: E036 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-56
9.3.45 Code: E050 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-57
9.3.46 Code: E0110, E0111 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-58
9.3.47 Code: E0112, E0113 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-60
9.3.48 Code: E0120 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-62
9.3.49 Code: E0121, E0122 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-64
9.3.50 Code: E0123 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-66
9.3.51 Code: E0124, E0125 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-68
9.3.52 Code: E0127, E0128 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-70
9.3.53 Code: E0129 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-72
9.3.54 Code: E0132 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-74
9.3.55 Code: E0133 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-76
9.3.56 Code: E0134 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-78
9.3.57 Code: E0135 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-80
9.3.58 Code: E0136, E0137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-81
9.3.59 Code: E0140 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-82
9.3.60 Code: E0141 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-84
9.3.61 Code: E0142 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-86
9.3.62 Code: E0143, E0144 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-88
9.3.63 Code: E0145 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-90
9.3.64 Code: E0146 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-92
9.3.65 Code: E0150 - E0155 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-94
9.3.66 Code: E0200, E0201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-96
9.3.67 Code: E0202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-98
9.3.68 Code: E0205, E0206 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-99
9.3.69 Code: E0207 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-101
9.3.70 Code: E0300 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-102
9.3.71 Code: E0301, E0302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-104
9.3.72 Code: E0400 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-106
9.3.73 Code: E0401 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-108
9.3.74 Code: E0402 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-110
9.3.75 Code: E0500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-112
9.3.76 Code: E0501 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-113
9.3.77 Code: E0510 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-114
9.3.78 Code: E0511 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-115
9.3.79 Code: E0512 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-116
9.3.80 Code: E0520 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-118
9.3.81 Code: E0521 - E0522 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-119
9.3.82 Code: E0523 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-120

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 0-7


Content
9.3.83 Code: E0530 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-121
9.3.84 Code: E0531 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-122
9.3.85 Code: E0532 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-123
9.3.86 Code: E0540 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-124
9.3.87 Code: E0600, E0601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-126
9.3.88 Code: E0602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-128
9.3.89 Code: E0700, E0701 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-129
9.3.90 Code: E0702 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-131
9.3.91 Code: E0900, E0901 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-132
9.3.92 Code: E0902 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-134
9.3.93 Code: E1000, E1001 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-135
9.3.94 Code: E1002 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-137
9.3.95 Code: E1010, E1011 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-138
9.3.96 Code: E1012 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-140
9.3.97 Code: E1100, E1101 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-141
9.3.98 Code: E1102 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-143
9.3.99 Code: E1200, E1201 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-144
9.3.100 Code: E1202 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-146
9.3.101 Code: E1300, E1301 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-147
9.3.102 Code: E1302 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-149
9.3.103 Code: E1400, E1401 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-150
9.3.104 Code: E1402 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-152
9.3.105 Code: E1500 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-153
9.3.106 Code: E1502 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-155
9.3.107 Code: E1504 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-156
9.3.108 Code: E1520 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-158
9.3.109 Code: E1600, E1601 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-159
9.3.110 Code: E1602 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-161
9.3.111 Code: E5000 - E5032 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-162
9.3.112 Code: E5100 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-165
9.3.113 Code: E5200 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-166
9.3.114 Code: E5201 - E5203 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-167
9.3.115 Code: EFF01 - EFF0D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .9-169

10. FDC7000 Practical Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-1


10.1 Slide Transfer Troubles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-1
10.2 PM Test Troubles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-4
10.3 PF Troubles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-5
10.4 Lot Identification Troubles. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-8
10.5 CRP Troubles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-9
10.6 Loss of Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .10-10

0-8 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


1. Safety and Precautions

This Service Manual applies to the FDC 7000 series analyzers.

1. Safety and Precautions


1.1 Electrical Hazards

WARNING:
WARNING:
Be sure to shut off the power before servicing in order to avoid electric shock and burn, or
equipment damage. Use due care during servicing since equipment contains parts that are
not fully discharged and those which are burning hot (such as a lamp house) even after
power off. Exercise due care to avoid electric shock and other hazards if the power cannot
be turned off.

WARNING:
WARNING:
Make sure the analyzer is properly grounded to avoid electrical shock before the power is
turned on.

The equipment includes parts and assemblies sensitive to electrostatic discharge damage. Use
caution to prevent damage during all service procedures.

1.2 Checking Moving Parts

WARNING:
WARNING:
To avoid accidents, be sure to shut off the power before proceeding to inspection and
adjustment.

1.3 Heavy Objects


Get an assistant to help you during installation and removal of heavy objects. Otherwise, use
appropriate machinery to handle them.

1.4 Safety Devices


Note that the safety devices such as fuses, covers, interlock switches, and panels meet their specified
fault-proof requirements. Never attempt to make modification or alternation to those devices.

1.5 Personal Injury

WARNING:
CAUTION:
Do not wear a necktie, necklace, or other accessories that may get caught in movable
sections.

1.6 Cleaning Solutions


Refer to each section of the instruction manual for information about usable solvents for cleaning. Do
not use cleaning solution containing ammonia on or near the analyzer. Do not wipe the equipment
made of plastics with the alcohol.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 1-1


1. Safety and Precautions

1.7 Disinfectants

WARNING:
WARNING:
To avoid biohazards during maintenance and repair work, Safety Control authorized by your
site is required. The following are general cautionary measures:
- You must always take care to prevent infection.
- Wear gloves and disinfect the analyzer before maintenance or repair.
- Before starting the work, disinfect all possible places that have come into contact with the blood
sample.
- Disinfect the analyzer with 0.5% of sodium hypochlorite acid disinfectant or ethanol.
- When blood adheres, remove the blood stain with a cotton swab which has been soaked in hot
water. For example, Sample rack, Sampler nozzle, Spotting units, Transfer units, Incubator units,
Disposal box, etc.

NOTE: Do not use solvents, alcohol, or ammonia, to clean the sampler cover (translucence),
otherwise the surface will be damaged.

1.8 Disposal of Used Slides

WARNING:
WARNING:
Always wear gloves when handling blood sample and disposal parts. Dispose of used slides,
tips, sample tubes, used paper towels, cotton swabs and other contaminated items following
the Safety Control authorized by your site.

1.9 General Precautions


Use the parts listed on the Parts List.
Use standard tools for adjustment and checking.

1-2 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


1. Safety and Precautions

1.10 Safety and Warning Labels


Warning labels and safety labels on the FDC7000 are as follows:

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 1-3


1. Safety and Precautions

1-4 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


2. Installation

2. Installation
2.1 Installation Space

100mm
100mm FDC7000 100mm

2.2 Environmental Requirements


Location: Indoor use
Altitude: Up to 2000m
Installation category: Class 2
Pollution degree: Class 2

Transportation /
Operation Remarks
storage

Temperature 15 to 32 ℃ -10 to +50 ℃


No condensation
Relative during operation and
30 to 80 %RH 10 to 90 %RH
humidity transportation /
storage

NOTE: The environmental requirements set forth above do not apply to the test slides and
solutions.

2.3 Electrical Requirements

Frequency 50/60Hz

Voltage limit 100-240V ± 10%


Rated
3A
amperage
Power cord
2m
with plugs

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 2-1


2. Installation

2.4 Installation Site Requirements


Avoid the following installation sites:
- Places where the temperature drastically changes.
- Places near heat surfaces such as heaters.
- Places where water leakage or equipment submersion may occur.
- Places where the equipment is subject to constant or excessive vibration or shock.
- Places that are exposed to direct sunlight.

2.5 Electrical Grounding

WARNING:
For grounding, connect the equipment to the ground line of the indoor wiring.
Otherwise, electrical shock may occur.
If there is no ground line of the indoor wiring, mount the attached socket to the analyzer and
be sure to ground the earth wire.

2.6 Unpacking and Installation


1) Unpacking
Follow the quick guide for the installation along with the analyzer to install.
2) Package Contents
In accordance with the Packing List including in the package, check to ensure that the contents
comply with the List.
3) Installation
According to the quick guide for the installation along with the package, perform the work
operations as follows:
- Remove fixing tapes and fixtures for transportation.
- Reset the thermostat in the incubator.
- Set a PF pump tube.
- Label slide cartridge labels on the cartridges.
- Set recording paper.
- Load sample racks.
- Label a diluent label.
- Connect a power cable.

2-2 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


2. Installation

2.7 Setting Up
According to the instruction manual of the FDC7000, set up the analyzer as follows:
1) Turn the power on. Read QC cards. Read PF card.
2) Diluent settings (Mode 45)
3) Reference fluid tube setting (Mode 84)
4) PF leak check (Mode 51)
Follow Sec.4 "Operations" in the instruction manual to check the functions.
Check the date & time on the LCD display when installing the FDC7000. Adjust the data & time using
Mode 20 if necessary.
NOTE: The Timer IC on the CP70A board of the FDC7000 is backed up by a super capacitor and
the back up time is a minimum of 2 months on the condition of power-off. Therefore, the
back up capacity could expire during the stocking period. Make sure to check the data &
time when installing the analyzer.

2.8 Acceptance
1) System accuracy check
Check the system accuracy using the Fuji Dri-Chem controls and slides by following Sec. 4
"Operations" in the instruction manual. Check the system accuracy whether the test results are
within the reference intervals of the controls.
If required, perform the correlation test between the user's conventional measuring system and
the FDC analyzer and input correlation coefficients a, b by following Sec. 8 "Mode 36" in the
instruction manual to adjust the FDC analyzer to the user's system.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 2-3


2. Installation

2-4 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


3. Component Names and Functions

3. Component Names and Functions


3.1 Component Names

Printer CF card

LCD (Liquid Crystal Display)

Sampler cover

Keyboard
PF pump cover

Disposal box Card reader



Sampler nozzle cover

Left cover (Keyboard)

Incubator cable
PF (Plasma Filter unit)

Incubator

Sample disk



FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 3-1


3. Component Names and Functions

Air filter

RS-232C port

Power switch

Fuse holder Power plug

Air filter

Air filter



3-2 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


3. Component Names and Functions

Disposal box

Light source lamp


Reference fluid holder
Tip rack (1, 2)

Mixing cup
Sample rack (A-E)

Diluent holder (D1-D3)


Tip eject
'
#

&
Spotting part
$

$
Diluent holder (D4)
%

Spotting part cover

Slide cartridge (A-E) Calibrator holder



FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 3-3


3. Component Names and Functions

PF unit

PF sensor / PF suction pad

PF reference plate

&

&
'
Plasma Filter (PF)



PF pump



3-4 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


3. Component Names and Functions

Slide weight

Keyboard cover
#


Slide cartridge


Pressure plate

Cell

Reference black plate Reference white plate

Thumbscrew Reference plate


(Built-in black & white plate)
Reference plate

Photometer

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 3-5


3. Component Names and Functions

Slide transfer weight

PM test unit

Probes

Spotting part

Sampler nozzle
(for sample)

Slide detecting part


O-ring (Glass window)

Notch

3-6 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


3.2

DR70A board
Photometer
Photometer
Keyboard control circuit
Sample level sensor

LCD Interference filter


Interference filter
control circuit
KB70A board
RS232C

Card reader Sampler


Sampler
control circuit

Sample disk
Sample disk
control circuit
Thermal
printer
Connection diagram

Incubator
Incubator
CP70A board control circuit

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


CPU
Temperature
Temperature control
control circuit

PF
IC card PF (Plasma filter)
control circuit
Photometer Amplifier AD converter
RS232C
Potentiometer
ROM Potentiometer unit
control circuit

RAM

CPU RS232C Slide lot detection unit

EPM board
RS232C
Potentiometer Amplifier AD converter
RS232C

External interface External interface

Power supply DC

Optional parts
AC100 - 240V
Sample bar-code
Ticket printer
reader

3-7
3. Component Names and Functions
3. Component Names and Functions

3-8 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


4. Functions

4. Functions

Fig. 4.1.1.1

Sampler nozzle Tip

Incubator Slide cartridge


Tip eject part Slide weight
Slide
Transfer bar

Slide slip out protection


Discard hole
system
Slide detecting part
Photometric head Disposal box
Potentiometer

4.1 Measurement Principles of Colorimetric Test


4.1.1 Preparation for Measurement
Perform the following measurement procedures for the slides to be tested:
- Read QC cards.
- Read a PF card.
- Set sample racks.
- Diluent settings

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 4-1


4. Functions

4.1.2 Process of Measurement


By pressing the START key to start testing, the analyzer identifies the types of the sample racks on the
sample disk. Next, the analyzer identifies the slide information (test name, lot number) on the slide
cartridge. By using this information, the analyzer aspirates and spots the specific spotting volume for
the slide. First, the sampler nozzle moves to a tip rack to pick a tip up from the tip rack. Next, a tip
detecting sensor checks the presence of the tip fitting to the nozzle. The sampler moves and stops
above the sample fluid, then lowers. The analyzer monitors the change in air pressure as the tip
reaches the sample by blowing air, and determines the sample surface. The point of the tip is
controlled so that it does not enter deeply into the sample. The analyzer aspirates the sample fluid and
then dispenses it before the first spotting. This function is to keep the accuracy of the aspirated volume
for the first spotting and makes no difference with the following aspiration. The analyzer monitors the
air pressure in the nozzle and judges the stickiness of the sample. If a sample is abnormal, an alarm is
signaled. After aspirating, the nozzle moves to the spotting position, and lowers the tip to the fixed
position above the slide. After that, the analyzer dispenses a fixed volume of sample fluid to make a
round droplet at the orifice of the tip. The analyzer lowers the nozzle more to make the droplet touch
the slide surface, so that the sample fluid spreads on the surface of the slide. The spotted slide is
inserted into the incubator to be incubated in the closed space for preventing evaporation. The
incubator contains a heater and a temperature sensor to keep the temperature at 37 ± 0.2 ℃ . The
incubator also has apertures at the bottom of the cells. Through the apertures, the photometer
measures the changed color of the slide. The incubator reciprocally rotates and the analyzer measures
the changed color of the slide every 12.5 seconds. Every time the incubator returns, the reflectance of
the RBP & RWP and the incubated slide are read. The reflection density is calculated from the
readings. The analyzer has 7 wavelengths of the filter. The reflectance of the RBP and RWP are read
at 3 different wavelengths in the first turn, 3 more in the second turn, and the last in the third turn. After
the measurement, the slide is pushed out to the center of the incubator, and the slide is discarded into
the disposal box through the center hole in the incubator.

4-2 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


4. Functions

4.1.3 Photometer and Calculation of Analyte Concentration

Fig. 4.1.3.1 Slide

Head amplifier Filter wheel


Glass plate

Focus lens
Photo sensor

Focus lens

Focus lens
IR filter Lmap
Optical fiber Interference filter

The analyzer uses the separated light of a halogen lamp through the interference filter. The light of the
halogen lamp is gathered by the condenser lens and collimated. The IR filter blocks the infrared rays.
The interference filter on the filter wheel separates a narrow band of the spectrum. After the collimated
spectrum is focused on the end of the optical fiber by the focus lens, it is guided to the photometric
head. In the photometric head, the light from the optical fiber is focused by another focus lens to
project equally over the reading area of the slide. The reflected light on the reading area is detected by
the photo sensor and converted into an electric signal. The signal from the photo sensor is amplified
with the head amplifier and the pre-amplifier. The signal range varies with each of the photometric
wavelength so the gain of the pre-amplifier is adjusted to make the output signal level the same. The
output signal is input into the A/D converter circuit. The output value after A/D conversion is compared
with the output value of the RBP and RWP, and the reflected OD value is calculated. The reflected OD
value is converted into an analyte concentration value using the pre-determined standard curve. In this
calculation, the information from the QC card compensates for the result. The analyzer has 5 kinds of
compensation methods:
(1) The compensation of correlation between FDC and other methods (a, b)
(2) The slide production lot calibration using the QC card (c, d, e)
(3) The compensation (Analyzer Calibration) of OD value (j, k)
(4) The compensation of analyte density value (l, m)
(5) The compensation using PF card

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 4-3


4. Functions

4.2 Measurement Principle of Potentiometric Tests


4.2.1 Preparation for Measurement
For PM tests, the preparation is fundamentally same as CM tests. Additionally, load reference fluid for
PM tests.

4.2.2 Process of Measurement


After the analyzer identified the slide as same way as CM tests, the analyzer picks tips for both the
sample nozzle and the reference fluid nozzle to aspirate sample and reference fluid. The analyzer
dispenses sample and reference fluid into the holes on the PM slide. After spotting, the slide is inserted
into the PM testing unit where the slide is incubated at 30 ( ± 1) ℃ . Six testing probes (3 pairs) rise up
and touch the ion selective electrodes on the slide for testing genetic potential. After completing the
test, the slide is disposed of into the disposal box.

4.3 Sampling
4.3.1 Picking up the Tip and Sealing
For the sampling of sample fluid, a disposal tip is used. The spot of the tip is waterproofed. The nozzle
is inserted into the tip using a fixed force and the joint surface is sealed with an O-ring. Insufficient
inserting force or O-ring defection due to damage or aging causes leakage between the tip and the
nozzle and may result in a suction error or a spotting error. Also, if there is soil something like oil on the
tip sealing point or the nozzle surface, it may cause the tip dropout.

Fig. 4.3.1.1

Nozzle

After
picking up
Tip

O-ring Sealing point

4.3.2 Sample Level Detection


The sample level is detected by measuring the pressure change caused by blowing air from the orifice
of the tip onto the surface of the sample fluid. When the sampler nozzle lowers, the syringe piston
moves forward and air is blown from the orifice at the tip. A pressure sensor is connected to the suction
tube. When the tip is touches the sample surface, the sensor detects the pressure change. (See Fig
4.3.2.1) The sensor output is computed in differential calculus for increasing sensitivity. When its value
exceeds a threshold value, the comparator turns on and determines the sample level. (See Fig.
4.3.2.2) When detecting the sample level, the sampler stops lowering. The distance from the starting
point to the detecting point is memorized as the sample level position. After the first aspiration, the
decreased sample level is calculated with the previous aspiration volume to determine the next sample
position. The orifice of the tip is usually inserted about 2mm into the sample fluid. Be sure that sample
has no bubbles on the sample surface. Otherwise, the bubble membrane will be falsely detected and
the orifice of the tip will not reach the correct position, which may cause empty aspiration and spotting.

4-4 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


4. Functions

Fig. 4.3.2.1
Tube

Pressure sensor

Tip
Syringe

Sample

Fig. 4.3.2.2
Comparator
Sensor output (V)

Threshold

Time (t)
Differentiated signal Sensor output

4.3.3 Sample Aspiration


During the sample aspiration, the analyzer pre-aspirates and pre-dispenses in order to moisten the
inside-wall of the tip before the first aspiration. This pre-aspiration improves the precision of the
spotting volume. Subsequently the sample fluid for the first spotting is aspirated. The aspiration volume
is determined by QC information of the slide. Aspiration errors caused by sample stickiness and fibrin
are detected from the pressure change during the pre-aspiration, pre-dispense and the aspiration.
After the aspiration, the sampler pulls up the tip from the sample surface at a fixed slow speed.
This prevents the tip from adhering to the sample fluid. If the sample is adhering to the outside wall of
the tip, it will cause a spotting error.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 4-5


4. Functions

4.3.4 Dilution
The tests that require dilution can be performed by selecting dilution factors. Four different types of
diluent can be set on the sample disk. Select the diluent to be used for each test. The sampler
dispenses sample and diluent into a Fuji mixing cup, and after mixing, the diluted sample is spotted
onto the slide.
Table 4.3.4.1 Dispensing volume into mixing cup

Dilution factor Sample (uL) Diluent (uL)


2 50 50
3 30 60
4 25 75
5 20 80
10 10 90
21 5 100

4.3.5 Spotting
The sampler nozzle moves to the spotting position and lowers to the spotting preparation position, then
it dispenses a proper volume of sample according to the slide information. The dispensed sample fluid
makes a round droplet at the orifice. (Fig.4.3.5.1) The tip lowers to a fixed position. Then the round
droplet spreads on the slide. If the position is too close to the slide, the dispensed volume is likely to
increase. If the position is too far, the dispensed volume is likely to decrease. (Fig. 4.3.5.2) The
spotting position of the slide should be the center of the slide. In addition, the position must match the
center of the photometric reading area when the slide is inserted in the incubator. If the spotting
volume according to the slide information is more than 15 uL, the sample is spotted as one or two
drops on the slide.

Fig. 4.3.5.1 Making droplet FIg. 4.3.5.2 Spotting

Tip

Droplet

Slide 2 mm
transfer base
Slide

4-6 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


4. Functions

4.3.6 Tip Disposal


The used tip is ejected at the tip eject part to be disposed of into the disposal box. The remaining
sample in the tip often moves up to the nozzle because of the rapid pressure change. Therefore, the
sample nozzle dispenses the remaining sample of the tip during the tip eject process so as not to
pollute the nozzle with any of the remaining sample. (Fig. 4.3.6.1)

Fig. 4.3.6.1

Nozzle

Dispense

Sample

4.4 Slide Transfer


4.4.1 Slide Transfer from the Slide Cartridges
When the START key is pressed, the sample disk turns to the position of the slide detecting part facing
to the slide cartridge to read the slide information. Then, the sample disk turns to the slide transfer
position. The stacked slides in the slide cartridge are transferred one by one from the bottom to the
spotting position. Put a weight on top of the slides to press the slides downward thereby preventing
any miss-carriage of the slide transfer bar. The spotting position adjustments of the sampler unit and
the transfer unit are adjusted to the same position.

Fig. 4.4.1.1

Sampler nozzle Tip

Incubator Slide cartridge


Tip eject part Slide weight
Slide
Transfer bar

Slide slip out protection


Discard hole
system
Slide detecting part
Photometric head Disposal box
Potentiometer

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 4-7


4. Functions

4.4.2 Insertion into the Incubator


The spotted slide is inserted into a cell in the incubator. If there is misalignment for the transfer base
height or the cell position, a transfer error will occur. The stop positions of the slide transfer are
adjusted so as to align the center of the slide with the center of the photometric head. The analyzer
performs photometric measurements when stopping the incubator rotation during the rotation process.
A leaf spring gives small force on top of the pressure plate to prevent out of slide position due to the
centrifugal force and the vibration caused by the incubator's rotation.

4.4.3 Slide Ejection


After the measurement is completed, the slide is pushed by the slide eject bar or the next slide to be
tested toward the center hole of the incubator and dropped into the disposal box.

If the number of the discarded slides in the disposal box exceeds the capacity, the slides are piled up
to inside the incubator to result in error.

4-8 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


4. Functions

4.5 Slide Detection

Illuminating part

CCD unit

Cable

Control unit
TG ADC
(Timing generator)

ASIC
Memory

Memory

CPU Memory

Memory

The slide detecting part is consisted of the illuminating part, the CCD unit and the control unit.
The slide is evenly illuminated by the LED and picturised by the CCD device. The analyzer analyzes
the obtained image (2-dementional dot code) to determine the slide information (slide code, sample
type, lot number, slide insert direction).

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 4-9


4. Functions

4.5.1 Illuminating Part


The illuminating part consists of 2 LEDs which illuminate a slide evenly.
The wavelength of the LED is 535 nm due to the reflecting spectrum of the dot print.
The LEDs are mounted at a 25 degree angle to the slide to reduce the effect of the direct reflection.

Slide

LED

Lens holder

Cushioning
Aperture
CCD spacer (fixing height)
Lens

CCD device
Circuit board

4.5.2 CCD unit


This unit consists of a CCD and a lens holder.
A lens mounted in the lens holder focuses a dot code image of the slide on the CCD.
The focal depth has +/- 1mm of acceptable range. The height deviation caused by the CCD
replacement or sample disk rotation is guaranteed by mechanical.
To obtain a sharp image, the distance between the lens and the CCD should be accurate; the
cushioning and the spacer have a role to keep the distance.

4.5.3 Control Unit


This unit generates the timing of the CCD operation, and performs image reading and image analysis.
The unit consists of a CPU, an image memory, a CCD timing generator, and a ADC.

4-10 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


4. Functions

4.6 Incubation

Fig. 4.6
Incubator cable

Upper incubator block Safety thermostat

Leaf spring

Heater

Pressure plate

Temperature sensor Reflection reading aperture


Lower incubator block

The incubation works by pressing the spotted slide between the upper incubator block (kept at 37
degrees) and the lower incubator rotor. The incubator keeps the slide at this temperature and prevents
the evaporation of the sample fluid from the slide during incubation. The upper incubator is made of
thick aluminum, and contains a heater and a temperature sensor. It has pressure plates to close the
top of the slide tightly. Also, the roles of the pressure plates are conducting heat from the heater and
preventing out of the slide position. The clearance between the shaft of the pressure plate and the
upper incubator block is narrow in design in order to conduct heat. The incubator has a spring to press
the pressure plate on the slide. Owing to atmospheric temperature, there is a little temperature
deviation between the part where the temperature sensor is mounted and the slide. The analyzer has
an external temperature sensor near the sample disk to measure atmospheric temperature, in order to
compensate for the incubator temperature. The surface of the slide is shut tightly by the pressure plate,
which is covered with special plastic to prevent adhesion of pollutants such as gas which badly affect
other slides. The pressure plate must be cleaned regularly to prevent the adhesion of the pollutants.
The heater and the temperature sensor are connected to the control unit by a spiral-shaped cable
(incubator cable). The incubator only rotates back and forth so that the disconnection will not occur. If a
twisted cable is plugged to the socket, the cable may be damaged to cause a disconnection.
The PM slide is controlled at 30 degrees in another specific incubator.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 4-11


4. Functions

4.7 Photometer
4.7.1 Lamp
The analyzer uses a 10w halogen lamp. The average life of the lamp is 1000 hours. The position of the
filament is designed to be the center of the condenser lens to obtain sufficient light intensity. The
surface of the halogen lamp during lighting is kept at a fixed high temperature so that the halogen cycle
may occur in an appropriate way in the lamp. If something like a fingerprint stains the surface, the light
intensity will decrease. The analyzer judges that the light intensity is sufficient or not by measuring the
reflection value of the built-in RWP at 400nm wavelength. If the intensity is not sufficient, the analyzer
signals lamp warnings or errors. The analyzer is designed not to start immediately after the power is
turned on, because the light intensity is not stable during warming-up.
When the analyzer is not used, the lamp turns off automatically to extend the life of the lamp. If the light
is turned off, a wait of several minutes is required before restart.

4.7.2 Blockage of Infrared Rays


Infrared rays from the lamp are blocked by the infrared cut filter (IR filter). Double wavelength light from
the interference filter is also blocked. Both 800nm wavelength light and 1010nm wavelength light pass
through the interference filter of 400nm and 505nm. This double wavelength light causes errors in the
optical reading.

4.7.3 Interference Filter


If the stop position of the filter rotation deviates from the correct position, the precision of optical
reading will be degraded because the light passes through whole area of the interference filter. During
the measurement, the analyzer monitors the RWP value to maintain the stability of the measurement
precision. When the value is unstable, the analyzer indicates photometric warnings. The interference
filter has a certain deviation allowance for the peak wavelength. The peak of the color spectrum of
some slides does not match the peak wavelength of the filter, so that the difference may affect the
accuracy of the test results. The analyzer calibration compensates for this mismatch by software
calculation.

4.7.4 Reading Head


Through the focus lens, the light conducted through the optical fiber from the light source is projected
onto the colored area of the slide. The reflected light from the slide is detected by 2 photo-sensors. The
difference between the center of the irradiation spot and the center of the colored part of the slide
causes a reading error. The size of the spot and its position can be confirmed easily by placing
something translucent, such as a paper sheet, on the base of the cell. The OD for the slide reading is
calculated by using the RBP/RWP readings. Therefore, the reading deviation is small enough for the
reading range close to the RBP/RWP, but the deviation exists around the intermediate range. This
performance is called "linearity". For some test names, this linearity affects to the measured value.
Therefore the analyzer performs compensation automatically for the specific test names. A glass plate
is set on the surface of the photometric head for protection. Dust on the glass plate also influences the
reading accuracy for both RBP/RWP readings and the test slide readings. Regular cleaning is
necessary to reduce the influence for the linearity. If the distance between the photometric head and
the slide is changed, the measurement value is affected. The distance between the lower incubator
base and the photometric head should be kept in a specific range. Because the signal from the photo-
sensor is low-intensity, the head amplifier is located near the photometric head, and the signal line
from the sensor to the head amplifier is highly insulated.

4.7.5 RBP and RWP


The RBP and the RWP are made of ceramics, and the OD value is predetermined at the factory. The
analyzer calculates the analyte concentration of the slide by using these OD values as reference. New
OD values must be input into the analyzer whenever the RBP and the RWP are replaced. The RBP
and the RWP sometimes are soiled with dust, smoke, oil vapor, etc. from air, so that periodic cleaning
is necessary.

4-12 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


4. Functions

4.8 Standard Curve


4.8.1 Calculation of ODr (Optical Reflection Density)
The Optical Reflection Density (ODr) is calculated using the following equation:
– ODW ( S – B ) – ODb ( S – W )
ODr = log { ( W – B ) ⁄ ( 10 – 10 )} ...(4.8.1.1)

Where
W: Measured RWP reflection value
B: Measured RBP reflection value
S: Measured slide reflection value
ODw: OD value of RWP given by the standard reflectometer
ODb: OD value of RBP given by the standard reflectometer

4.8.2 Calculation of Analyte Concentration Density


1) Method of End-Point
In end-point tests, reflectance from the slides is measured after a 2-6 minute incubation period.
When the measurement is completed, the reflectance ODr is determined by least squares of 4
readings.
The analyte concentration (Data) is calculated using the following equation:
2 3 4
Data = a 0 + a 1 ( ODr ) + a 2 ( ODr ) + a 3 ( ODr ) + a 4 ( ODr ) ...(4.8.2.1)

Where an is defined by the standard curve coefficient of each slide.


Fig. 4.8.2.1 Reaction curve example of the End-point Method

OD

1.0

5 minute
Time

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 4-13


4. Functions

2) Method of Rate Test


The measuring time of the rate tests is between 2 and 5 minutes. When the measurement is
completed, ODr (OD reading in the Window of the test) is converted into ODt.
The Window is between 1 and 3 minutes (depends on the test name).
A cubic equation or William-Clapper equation is used for the conversion from ODr to ODt.
The rate of reaction v (v= △ ODt/ △ t) is calculated using ODt. The enzyme activity is calculated
using the following equation:
2 3 4
Data = a 0 + a 1 V + a 2 V + a 3 V + a 4 V ...(4.8.2.2)

Where an is defined by the standard curve coefficient of each slide.

Fig. 4.8.2.1 Reaction curve example of the Rate Test

OD

1.0 Window

5 minute
Time

3) Determination of the CRP concentration


The measuring time of CRP is 6 minutes. The Window is set at 4 - 6 minutes.
The change of ODr [v= △ ODr (4-6min)] within the Window Time is converted to the CRP
concentration using the following equation:
2 3
Data = a 0 + a 1 V + a 2 V + a 3 V ...(4.8.2.3)

Where an is defined by the standard curve coefficient of each slide.


4) Determination of the PM test
The potential after 1 minute from starting a test is converted to the analyte concentration using the
following equation:
E-----------
+ S-
K ...(4.8.2.4)
Data = 10
Where
E: Measured potential
S: Intercept of the standard curve
K: Slope of the standard curve

4-14 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


4. Functions

4.9 Analyzer Calibration


The analyzer can compensate OD value or analyte concentration value. There are 3 methods of
analyzer calibration for OD value:
1) Measure the compensation plate and input the actual OD by reading the FC card (similar to the
QC card) through the QC reader. The compensation coefficients will be computed automatically
and stored. (Mode70)
2) Measure the compensation plate and input ODr from the keyboard instead of reading the FC card.
(Mode 71)
3) Input the compensation coefficient directly from the keyboard. (Mode72)
When the compensation is applied to the analyte concentration value, the compensation coefficients
are input from the keyboard. (Mode 74)
Each coefficient can be confirmed in the modes 72, 74.
When performing actual analyzer calibration, contact Fuji Photo Equipment Co., Ltd.

4.10 QC system
The QC system compensates the variations between Fuji Dri-Chem slide production lots. The system
can maintain measurement accuracy without liquid calibration as long as the slides are handled in the
defined manner and the analyzer's quality control is maintained.
The compensation is performed using the following equation, where X: Measurement value before
compensation:
2
Data = c + dX + eX ...(4.10.1)

Coefficients (c, d, e) are recorded on the QC card and one QC card is included with a box of the slides
(1 box includes 50 slides).
The QC card has information of the measurement control and the coefficients for the slide production
lot, therefore, it is necessary to read the card when a new slide box is used.
NOTE: The details of QC card information are described in Mode 102.
NOTE: The "e" value recorded on the QC card represents the coefficient e x 1000.

4.11 PF Card Calibration


When the measurement values for filtered plasma are compared to the values for plasma separated on
a centrifuge, statistical differences are found for some tests. The PF card contains information to
compensate the differences.
The compensation is performed using the following equation, where X: Measurement value before
compensation:

Data = aX + b ...(4.11.1)

Coefficients a, b are recorded on the PF card and one PF card is included with a box of the PF (1 box
includes 50 pcs). Reading a new PF card renews the compensation coefficients memorized in the
analyzer.
A PF card is able to have compensation coefficients for a maximum of 7 test names.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 4-15


4. Functions

4.12 Calibration
The Fuji Dri-Chem System requires calibration for special tests. At present, this function is used for the
CRP slide.

4.12.1 Calibration of CRP slide


Calibration is based on the standard curve, the assigned values of the calibrator CP-1, 2, 3, and dODr,
which are obtained by measuring the CRP slides which are spotted with CP-1, 2, 3. The standard
curve has been stored by a prior reading of the QC card, and the assigned values of CP-1, 2, 3 are
input in Mode 61. The values of dODr are obtained from the measurement values of the CP.
1) STEP1
The concentration values of CRP (dCRP) are calculated from dODr and the standard curve. The
dCRP is the measurement value before calibration.
2) STEP2
The calibration coefficients are calculated by following a linear equation so that the measured
CRP concentration values are converted to the values which equal the assigned values of CP1, 2,
3.
CRP results are calculated by using the following equation:

Data = g × dCRP + f ...(4.12.1)

The coefficients g, f can be confirmed using Mode 61.

4-16 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


4. Functions

4.13 PF
The PF unit is the filtering system that obtains plasma sample from whole blood. This unit is composed
of Plasma Filter (henceforth "PF"), a pump (for decompressing inside PF), and a sample surface
sensor (for detecting sample surface). The block diagram is as below.

FIg. 4.13 PF block diagram

Sample surface sensor


Tube

Optical reference plate

Motor

Pressure
Blood collection sensor
tube

PF pump

The sample disk turns to change the position.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 4-17


4. Functions

4-18 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


5. Control Units

5. Control Units
5.1 Connection Diagram

<Abbreviation>
Abbreviations in the diagram are follows:
◆ PC: Photo-sensor
◆ HP: Home position sensor

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 5-1


5-2
A: Sampler motor area
LCD B: Left side of syringe
(CN3)

FAN3
FAN4
KB70A Printer C: Right side of syringe
D: Under frame (Sample disk side)
FAN3 FAN4 E: Mechanical base (transfer side)
KB70A IFKB Factory use

KB70A
(CN5)
To power supply

Card reader
MGC KB70A
Earth PF sample detection
DF11-10
(CN4)
LSAMP

DF3AA-8
PSS

IFLS
PSS

LSAMP
LSAMP
Incubator, (CN2)
5. Control Units

(CN1)
Light source,

M12
Thermistor

IFM12
Slide eject

DF3AA-7
M12

IFHT1
PF up/down
Heater CN10 CN13 CN1

DF3AA-5
CN9
PC12

PF HP

IFPC12
FDC7000 Connection diagram

Thermostat CN9 CN8

PC11
CN11
DF11-6
M16
To COM1

IFTH1
CN11

PC11
Probe HP Syringe motor

CN12

HR11-9BR-6S
CP70A 10P

CN12

PC17
DF11-8

DF11-12
IFPRS1

CN2 CN6 CN8 CN3 CN4 CN5 CN7


PRES1

IFPCB
Slide eject HP

CN13

CN6

PC10
㧮 Sample level detection
Incubator rotation HP To COM2
DF3AA-2
SV1

DF3AA-4
Solenoid valve

PC5
CN1
Filter HP
DF3AA-4

Syringe HP
PC16

DR70A

DF11-6
CN13

M10
Incubator rotation motor
CN7
DF3AA-3
PC9

IFPC9

Sampler HP

CN10

DF3AA-8
CN3

M17
DF11-6
M9

Slide eject motor


Power Smapler motor

CN5
supply
CN1

DF3AA-7
DF3-12

IFLHA
IFPCD

Photometric

CN4

LHAAMP
head amplifier
Sample nozzle motor
DF3-8

FXCN1
DF11-24

DF3AA-6
IFM8,1
FXCN1

M5
Filter motor
M8

M8

DF3-4

5025-02P
IFTP

LAMP
IFLAMP
Lamp
M1

M1

㧭 Ref nozzle motor


㧱 㧰
DF3AA-3 DF3AA-5 DF11-8 DF11-12 DF11-6 DF3AA-4 DF11-8 DF11-12 DF3AA-7 DF11-10 DF3AA-8
FXCN2
PC8
PC8

Sampler nozzle HP
FXCN2

IFM11 M3,13 IFPCA IFPRS2 IFLR IFDCA


HT2 TH2 IFRAC M6 PC6
LR
P1 FAN2 FAN1
PC1

PC1

VRL
Heater M11
LR Ref nozzle HP
(CN1)
PM temp sensor LR70A
VRL P1 FAN2 FAN1
M11
M13 M3
PC20

PC20

PC13 PC3 PC18 LR70A Mixing cup detection


(CN2)

LR70A

RAC
M13 M3
FAN1

Transfer change HP PC13 PC3 PC18


(CN4) LR70A
TP70A

(CN1) CC70A
FAN2 Tip detection
Probe motor RAC
Transfer change Transfer bar Transfer HP PF pump
EPM CC70A LED LED
Sample disk motor Rotation HP Slide insertion HP

EPM
PF solenoid valve
Probe
PRES2

PF pressure board

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


5. Control Units

5.2 Circuit Board Functions


5.2.1 CP70A board
This board has a CPU and ROM which control the analyzer.
The CPU calculate an analyte concentration value or enzyme activity using reflected optical density
from the photometer and voltage from the potentiometer.
The timer IC is backed up by a super capacitor for at least 2 months during the power-off. This board
does not have any batteries.
All specific data should be stored and saved into a CF card. Specific data can be moved from an old
board to a new one by moving the CF card when replacing the CP70A board.

5.2.2 DR70A board


CPU and pulse motor drivers are mounted on this board. The board controls the interfaces for the
motors, sensors, and heater temperature. Also, the board has a role of the signal interface between
the CP70A board and the LR70A board.

5.2.3 LHA-AMP Board


This board is a preamplifier for the photo-diode of the Photometric reading unit. The output current of
the photo-diode is converted to a voltage signal and transferred to the CP70A board.

5.2.4 PRES2 Board


This board has a pressure sensor to obtain the pressure data from the PF unit.
Variable resisters are mounted to compensate the offset and the gain of the pressure sensor and have
been adjusted before shipping.

5.2.5 PRES4 Board


This board has a pressure sensor to obtain the pressure data and the sample surface detecting signal
for the sampler unit.
Variable resisters are mounted to compensate the offset and the gain of the pressure sensor and have
been adjusted before shipping.

5.2.6 KB70A board


This board has key switches for the operation to send signals to the CP70A board. The board sends
QC card information which is read by the card reader to the CP70A board. The board controls the
display of the LCD.

5.2.7 EPM Board


This board is connected to the probes of the potentiometer. The measured voltage is converted to
digital data so that it can be transferred to the CP70A board.
Also, the board gives reference voltage for the measurement.

5.2.8 PSS Board


This board has an optical sensor to detect sample surface filtered by PF.

5.2.9 LSAMP Board


This board has a preamplifier to amplify the output of the PF sample surface sensor and to send the
signal to the CP70A board.
Variable resisters are mounted to compensate the offset and the gain.

5.2.10 RAC Board


This board has 4 photo sensors detecting what kind of sample rack is set, a room temperature sensor,
and a room humidity sensor.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 5-3


5. Control Units

5.2.11 TP70A board


This board has a pair of LED and photo sensor to detect whether a tip is mounted on the nozzle or not,
so that the presence information is sent to the CP70A board.

5.2.12 LR70A Board


This board has a CPU and a CCD driver to control the operation of LEDs and the CCD. The board
identifies the lot code to send the information to the CP70A board.

5.2.13 CC70A Board


This board has a CCD camera to take an image of the slide lot code printed on the slide, and sends the
data to the LR70A board.

5.2.14 LA70A Board


This board has a LED which illuminates a slide when taking an image of the slide lot code.

5.2.15 LB70B Board


This board has a LED which illuminates a slide when taking an image of the slide lot code.

5-4 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


5. Control Units

5.3 Distance per pulse of pulse motors

Distance per pulse Rotation


Notes
(mm/pulse) (degree/pulse)
Incubator (0.049) 0.0375 ( ): At photometer position
Slide eject 0.127 -
Slide feed 0.0229 -
Transfer change 0.0589 -
Probe (vertical) - 0.125
Sample disk (0.027) 0.0167 ( ): At sample position
Sampler (horizontal) 0.053 -
Sampler (vertical) 0.032 -
Syringe 0.032 -
PF (vertical) 0.107 -
Filter (0.408) 09 ( ): At filter position

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 5-5


5. Control Units

5-6 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6. Software
6.1 Software Version

Minor change and correction


P: Production version, T: Test version
Major change and function addition

6.2 DIP Switch Functions


6.2.1 CP70A Board

S2 1,3,6,8 : OFF
S2 2,4,5,7 : ON

CF Card

S3
All OFF

CP70A Board

NO.1:[ON] applies to the analyzer with the PM unit.


NO.2:[ON] applies to the analyzer with the PF unit.
NO.3:[ON] Lamp ready (light intensity check)
& temperature ready skip mode
NO.4:Not in use
NO.5:Only factory use (Specified for board testing)
NO.6:Language selection (ON: English)
NO.7:Not in use
NO.8:Not in use

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-1


6. Software

6.2.2 DR70A Board

6-2 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.3 Specific Functions of Power-on


By turning on the power switch with some specific keys pressed continuously, the analyzer starts up a
specific mode listed below.
NOTE: Press the key continuously until the analyzer beeps after the power switch on.

Specific key Functions and applications


3 <Warming up (temperature control, light source stabilization) Skip Mode>
This mode is used to skip the stabilization process of temperature control and light
source. The analyzer becomes ready to measure just after the initialization process.
8 <Pressure / Potential Print Mode>
This mode is used to print out the pressure readout (voltage) during aspirating /
spotting processes and to print out the measured voltages of PM tests in real time.
9 The analyzer activates both modes of 3 (Warming up skip mode) and 8 (Pressure /
Potential print mode).
STAT <Stat Cleaning Mode>
The analyzer starts up with the PM unit positioned at the lower stage; this mode is
useful in the cases listed below:
◆ The spotting part cover (transfer change unit) cannot be removed by slide
transfer error.
◆ To fix the slide transfer weight for transportation
MODE <Data File Check Skip Mode>
This mode is used to start up the analyzer without checking data file error in the case
that damaged data files cause a startup error. After the analyzer starts up, use Mode
104 to reset the damaged data files for normalization.
C <Data Reset Mode>
This mode is used to reset the data listed below when the analyzer starts up:
◆ MES (dilution factors / PF calibration coefficients): The dilution factors are reset
to the default settings (CRP: x21, PM urine: x2, and others x1).
◆ AB (correlation coefficients): All data is reset to (1, 0).
◆ JK (OD calibration coefficients): All data is reset to (1, 0).
NOTE: OD calibration coefficients (j, k) for Ca, GGT, and LAP are reset to
(1, 0). Input the coefficients again.
◆ LM (calibration coefficients for analyte concentration): All data are reset to (1,
0).
NOTE: The input values (L=1.02) for GOT, GPT, CPK, and LDH are reset to
"1". Input the coefficients again.
CANCEL <RESULT File Delete Mode>
This mode is used to delete the RESULT file in the memory when the analyzer starts
up.
MANUAL <Sampler Off-line Mode>
This mode is used to perform manual pipetting in the case that the sampler does not
work by malfunction. Manual pipetting will be available after the analyzer starts up.
SAVE <Data Collection Mode>
This function is used to collect data (e.g. specific parameters) from a built-in CF
card.(Refer to “Data Collection”)

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-3


6. Software

6.3.1 Pressure / Potential Print Mode


Data format:
PR_A: B0015 A0183 C0.82V
B = AD value before aspiration / spotting
A = AD value after aspiration / spotting
C = Clogging (voltage)

Printout example of pressure (aspiration/spotting) & potential during PM test:

Aspiration /
Process (CM) Printout symbol spotting
volume

Pre-aspiration PR_A About 30μL

Pre-spotting PR_S About 30μL

Sample aspiration ASP 10μL

Sample aspiration for DASP 5 - 50μL


dilution tests
Spotting into a mixing cup CSPT 5 - 50μL

Diluent aspiration DL_A 50 - 100μL

Diluent dispensing DL_S 50 - 100μL

Spotting onto a slide DROP 10μL

Aspiration /
Process (PM) Printout symbol spotting
volume

PM sample aspiration IASP 50μL


Reference fluid aspiration RASP

Sample aspiration for PM ID_A


dilution tests
Dispensing into a mixing ICUP
cup (PM)
Diluent aspiration (PM) IDLA

PM sample spottingISPT ISPT

Reference fluid spotting RSPT

Aspiration / spotting Threshold for


volume detecting clog (V)

Under 10μL 0.8V

10 - 20μL 2.0V

20μL or more 3.0V

6-4 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.4 Usage Precautions


6.4.1 About Power off
Do not turn off the power during test processing and the Mode operation, otherwise memory errors will
result.
In particular during "Saving" is displayed on the LCD, do not turn off the power.
The analyzer is writing the measured data and reprint data into CF card during the test process. Also,
the analyzer is writing the setting values into CF card during the Mode operation.

6.4.2 About PF Card


A PF card has 2 different types of the recorded data as listed below.
* Filtering control values (PF cartridge control data)
* PF calibration coefficients (coefficient data for calculating test value when using PF cartridge)
NOTE: Data can be changed and checked by using Mode 127.
NOTE: All of the filtering control values and the PF calibration coefficients will be renewed when a
new PF card is read.
The PF calibration coefficients which are not recorded in the PF card will be reset to (1, 0)
when the PF card is read.

6.4.3 Data Communication


Data communication for a host computer becomes available by using Mode 46 settings.
In the case that the communication cable is not connected or some errors related to the hardware
occur, the communication data will be erased. When the ready signal of the host computer is BUSY
(not ready), the analyzer will wait for the signal to turn READY. (Timeout: 10 seconds)

6.4.4 During Calibration


The following functions are not available during the calibration process.
- Reading QC card
- ID input
- Reading sample bar-code.
The analyzer does not transmit calibration test results to the host computer during the calibration
process.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-5


6. Software

6.5 Calculation Process


6.5.1 CM Tests
DATA: Concentration value, OD: OD value
(1) OD calculation
Performs the OD calculation using the reading values of the photometer.
(W – B)
ODr = Log ⎛⎝ --------------------------------------------------------------
– ODw ( S – B ) – ODb ( S – W )⎠
-⎞
10 – 10
W: Reference White Plate (RWP) reading, B: Reference Black Plate (RBP) reading,
S: Sample reading
ODw: RWP reference,OD value, ODb: RBP reference OD value

(2) OD calibration
Performs the OD calibration using (j, k).
OD = OD × j + k

(3) Calculating analyte concentration using standard curve


Refer to Section 4 "Calculation of the analyte concentration".

(4) Compensation for production lot


Compensates using the lot compensation coefficients (c, d, e).
DATA = c + DATA × ( d + DATA × e )
NOTE: When corresponding the following conditions, the compensation using (c, d, e) is not
performed.
e>0 and DATA > - d / (e X 2) DATA > ( ( – d ) ⁄ ( e × 2 ) )
e<0 and DATA < - d / (e X 2) DATA < ( ( – d ) ⁄ ( e × 2 ) )

(5) Dilution factor calculation


Multiplies the DATA by the dilution factor.
DATA = DATA × DilScale

(6) Concentration calibration


Performs the concentration calibration using (l, m).
DATA = DATA × l + m

(7) PF compensation
Performs the compensation using the PF coefficients (pf_a, pf_b).
DATA = DATA × pfa + pfb

(8) Correlation coefficients compensation


Performs the compensation using the correlation coefficients (a, b).
DATA = ( DATA – b ) ⁄ a

(9) Determination range check:


Data are checked by the determination range which is multiplied by the dilution factor and
adjusted in proportion to the coefficients (a, b).

6-6 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.5.2 PM Tests

DATA: Analyte concentration, E: Measured voltage, S: Intercept of the standard curve, K: Slope of the
standard curve

(1) Voltage calculation

E-----------
+ S-
K
DATA = 10

(2) Compensation for production lot


Compensates using the lot compensation coefficients (c, d).
DATA = c + DATA × d

(3) PF compensation
Performs the compensation using the PF coefficients (pf_a, pf_b).
DATA = DATA × pfa + pfb

(4) Correlation coefficients compensation


Performs the compensation using the correlation coefficients (a, b).
DATA = ( DATA – b ) ⁄ a
NOTE: Reference intervals are adjusted in proportion to the coefficients (a, b) and the dilution
factors.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-7


6. Software

6.6 Sample Bar-code Reader

6.6.1 Manufacturer, Type Code


Manufacturer: Opto Electronics Co,.Ltd
Model code: OPT-6125-RS (25P)

6.6.2 Data Format


Data format: CODE-39, NW-7, ITF 2 of 5, CODE-128, WPC
Data characters: 13

6-8 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.7 Communication Interface


6.7.1 Communication Parameters
Data transfer rate: 1200, 9600, 19200 bps (selectable)
Communication type: Serial interface
Communication method: Asynchronous communication method
Character length: ASCII 8 bits
Stop bit: 1 bit, 2bits (selectable)
Parity: No
BCC: No or Yes (selectable)
DSR check: No
Hand shaking: CTS/RTS control

6.7.2 Data Transmission Specification


NOTE: □ = Space data (20H)
The transmission data is fixed-length and the unused data space is expressed as a space
data (20H).
(1) Transmission timing
All data of a sample is transmitted after the last test of belonging to the sample has been
completed.
(2) Transmission interval
The transmission interval between the data and the previous data is at least 3 seconds.
(3) Test conditions
Test results of the calibration are not transmitted.
Test information whether in the normal or in the control mode is transmitted.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-9


6. Software
(4) Transmission data format
[STX] ---> [Test results] ---> [ETX] [BCC]

STX 02H (1 characters data length)


Test Test information whether in the normal or in the control mode
(7 characters data length)
Date Test date (10 characters data length, Ex. 2003-01-01)
Time Test time (5 characters data length, Ex. 12:10)
Sequence No. Specific No. for the sample (13 characters data length, Ex.1234567890123)
Sample ID Specific ID for the sample
(13 characters data length, Ex. ABCDEFGHIJKLM)
Sample Sample position on the sample disk (A - E > 01 - 05)
position (2 characters data length)
Test name/ Total 7 characters data length (5 characters data length for a test name and
sample type 2 characters length for a sample type)
-W (Whole blood), -P (Plasma/serum), -U (Urine), -E (Blank)
Ex.) "AMYL" + "-P" , "CRP □ " + " □□ "
NOTE: In case of CRP, sample type data is given by spaces
without the sample type code.
Equal sign/ 1 character data length, Equal sign or unequal sign (Ex. '=' or '<' or '>')
unequal sign
Test results 28 characters data length/sample
[Test results (9 ch) + Unit (6 ch) + Dilution factor(2 ch) + Warning indications
(11 ch] x number of test names
Ex.) "123456.78" + "mg/dl □ " + "02" + "L@#$*F&PE \ T"
ETX 03H (1 characters data length)
BCC Exclusive OR from STX to ETX
(1 character data length)

6-10 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

(5) Warning characters

Position Warning Descriptions


character
1 L, H The testing value is out of the preset Reference interval.
2 @ Qualitative range
3 # The slide has expired.
4 $, +, - Temperature control error
5 *, ? Fluctuation of light source intensity
6 F PF pressure error
7 & Abnormal testing value
8 P The validity term of calibration has expired
9 E Calculation error or malfunction of PM test results
10 ¥ Un-spotted slide
11 T Slide lot identification error

Errors for PM test results:


When PM test results have errors (drift error, impedance error, outside of range), the warning "E"
is added on the 9th warning position of the transmitted data (K and CL).

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-11


6. Software
(6) Transmitting example
When the data for the following test result is transmitted:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15
1 STX N O R M A L □ 2 0 0 3 - 0 1
2 - 0 1 1 2 : 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
3 8 9 0 1 2 3 A B C D E F G H I
4 J K L M 0 2 G L U - P □ □ = 1
5 2 3 4 5 □ □ □ □ m g / d l □ 1
6 5 □ @ # + * F □ □ E ¥ T A M Y
7 L - P □ > 1 0 0 0 □ □ □ □ □ m
8 g / d l □ 0 2 H □ # □ □ □ □ □
9 □ □ □ ETX BCC

NOTE: □ = Space data (20H)

6-12 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.8 Ticket Printer


6.8.1 Communication Parameters

Data transfer rate : 9600 BPS


Communication type : Serial interface
Communication method : Asynchronous communication method
Character length : ASCII 8 bits
Stop bit : 1 bit
Parity : No
BCC : No
DSR check : No
Hand shaking : CTS/RTS control

6.8.2 Dip Switch Settings


It is necessary to perform the DIP switch settings of the ticket printer as shown below.

SW1
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON ● ●
OFF ● ● ● ● ● ●

SW2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
ON ● ●
OFF ● ● ● ● ● ●

NOTE:
● : Set to the side of " ● " indication.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-13


6. Software
6.9 Serial Cable Connection (PC/Ticket printer)
(1) Connecting to the host computer --- COM1 (9Pin), Cross connection

CD(C0):1 1:CD(C0)

RXD(RD):2 2:RXD(RD)

TXD(SD):3 3:TXD(SD)

ER(DTR):4 4:ER(DTR)

GND(SG):5 5:GND(SG)

DSR(DR):6 6:DSR(DR)

RTS(RS):7 7:RTS(RS)

CTS(CS):8 8:CTS(CS)

RI:9 9:RI

Frame Frame

FDC7000 COM1(9 pins) Host/PC(9 pins)

(2) Connecting to the ticket printer --- COM1 (9Pin)

CD(C0):1 1:FG

RXD(RD):2 2:TXD

TXD(SD):3 3:RXD

ER(DTR):4 4:RTS

GND(SG):5 5:CTS

DSR(DR):6 6:DSR

RTS(RS):7 7:GND

CTS(CS):8 8:CD

RI:9 20:DTR

22:RI

Frame Frame

FDC7000 COM1(9 pins) Ticket printer(25pins)

6-14 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.10 Mode Settings and Functions


6.10.1 Mode Description
○ : Described in this service manual ( For the modes not described in this manual, refer to the
instruction manual).
U: User's mode
S: Service mode
SS: Service mode (available during “0” mode)

Descri Mode Mode Type


Mode Description
bed No. (U/F/S/SS)

○ 0 S Enters into the Service Mode


15 U Prints out a specific parameter value
19 U Turns on the control mode (a, b canceled)
20 U Changes the data and time settings
23 U Displays and resets the lamp's cumulative illumination time
24 U Unit conversion (main/sub switch)
25 U Data retransmission to the host computer and the ticket printer
26 U Reprints test result
27 U Sequence number settings
Switches display method for values outside of the determination
28 U
range
29 U Prints out the lot number
35 U Edits sample ID and sequence No.
36 U Inputs and resets correlation coefficients (a, b)
37 U Inputs and resets lot compensation coefficients (c, d, e)
39 U Inputs and prints out reference intervals

○ 40 S Sets the spotting count

○ 41 U Measures OD check plates


42 U Sampler maintenance
43 U Sets communication parameters
44 U Selects the lamp off timer
45 U Dilution factor settings
46 U Selects communication destinations
48 S Sets printing format configurations for the ticket printer

○ 49 S Prints error logs

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-15


6. Software

Descri Mode Mode Type


Mode Description
bed No. (U/F/S/SS)
51 U PF maintenance
52 U Incubator cleaning
Inputs immuno-chemical standard curve coefficients and
61 U
calibration coefficients

○ 70 S OD calibration using FC card

○ 71 S OD calibration by keyboard input

○ 72 S Inputs OD Calibration coefficients (j, k)

○ 74 S Inputs concentration calibration coefficients (l, m)


80 U Mode list
81 U Beep sound configurations
82 S Density adjustments (LCD/printer)
83 U Print setting
84 S Test tube settings for diluent and reference fluid

○ 90 S Changes manufacturer dilution factors

○ 100 SS Inputs specific parameters

○ 101 SS Inputs Machine No.

○ 103 U Displays temperature and humidity

○ 104 SS Data file reset

○ 107 SS Data file Initialization

○ 108 SS Shipping data initialization

○ 109 SS Sets slide code

○ 110 SS Inputs OD value for RWP/RBP

○ 111 SS Inputs RBP level parameter


112 SS Fog measurement

○ 115 SS Mechanical test mode

○ 116 SS Mechanical adjustment mode

○ 119 SS Sets slide code for each sample

○ 121 SS Displays cumulative test count

○ 125 SS Prints out PM time course

○ 127 SS Inputs PF calibration coefficients

○ 129 SS No spotting detection

6-16 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.10.2 Mode 0 - Entering into the Service Mode


The service mode (Maintenance mode) is available by performing the following process (protection
released).

This mode is effective until the power is turned off.

[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [0] > [ENTER]

(1) Input password.


[753674] > [ENTER]

(2) To activate the service mode, select SET and


press the ENTER key. To inactivate the service
mode, select RESET and press the ENTER key.

Printout example)

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-17


6. Software

6.10.3 Mode 40 - Setting Spotting Count


This mode is used to change the maximum number to be continuously spotted from one sample.
NOTE: The default spotting count is 20. The count can be input within the range of 1 to 20.

[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [40] > [ENTER]


/5RQVEQWPV 1) The LCD indicates the current setting count.
%QWPV

2) Input a spotting count.

 (Example: 10 times)


[10] > [ENTER]
/5RQVEQWPV
%QWPV
The analyzer saves and prints out the new data
and then completes the mode.

Printout example)

/5RQVEQWPV


6-18 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.10.4 Mode 41 - Measuring OD Check Plates


This mode is used to measure the OD check plate in each wavelength for checking the accuracy of the
photometer.
The output voltages of the RWP reflection readings at 400 nm and 600 nm are printed out.

[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [41] > [ENTER]

(1) Select a cell number to be measured (1 - 13).


(Example) Measuring cell 1
[1] > [ENTER]

(2) Set the OD check plate into the slide cartridge


and set into Sample position A.

(3) Press the START key to start measurement.

The slide will be transferred to the selected cell


and measured.
The tested plate is ejected into the disposal box
after the measurement is completed.

Dark: RWP reading during light shielding using


600nm gain

(4) To continue measurements, repeat the process


from 1) - 3).
Press the STOP key to quit.

Printout example)

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-19


6. Software

6.10.5 Mode 49 - Printing Error Logs


This mode is used to print out the recorded operation log in order from the latest.
The analyzer is able to record a maximum of 100 operation logs.

NOTE: The printed error message is abbreviated to 2 lines.

[LCD / printout example]


[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [49] > [ENTER]

To stop the printing in midcourse, press the STOP


key.

Printout example)

Date & time of the error event

Error code message

Time when the power is turned on

6-20 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.10.6 Mode 70 - OD Calibration Using FC Card


The calibrated optical density (Ody) is obtained using the following formula:
Ody = Odx × j + k
where 'ODx' is OD before calibration
'j' is slope parameter , 'k' is intercept parameter.
'j' and 'k' are obtained by the following equation:
j = ( KnownOD – Blank ) ÷ ( ReadingOD – Blank )
k = Blank × ( ReadingOD – KnownOD ) ÷ ( ReadingOD – Blank )
'Known OD' and 'Blank' are obtained by measurement:
NOTE: The same values (j, k) are used for the sample types (P, U, E).
[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [70] > [ENTER]
(1) Read a FC card.
A slide name and ID No. of the FC card are
indicated on the LCD.

(2) Set the OD calibration plate into the slide


cartridge and set into Sample position A. Press
the START key to start calibration.

(3) After completing the OD calibration, the data will


be saved and the result will be printed out. The
analyzer terminates the mode automatically.
The result of OD calibration will be printed out in
duplicate.
Printout example)

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-21


6. Software

6.10.7 Mode 71 - OD Calibration by Keyboard Input


This mode is used if it is not possible to read in the data directly from a FC card that was lost or spoiled.
The calibration process (principle) is same as Mode 70.
[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [71] > [ENTER]

(1) Select a test name and a sample type to be


input.
Example) Ca-P [23] > [ENTER]
NOTE: The sample type can be selected by
using the TYPE key.

(2) Input the information written on the FC card


from the keyboard.
例)ID NO. 6480
BL=+.000
OD=1.409
ID No.: [6480] > [ENTER]
OD: [1.409] > [ENTER]
BL: [0] > [ENTER]

(3) Set the OD calibration plate into the slide


cartridge and set into Sample position A. Press
the START key to start calibration.

(4) After completing the OD calibration, the data will


be saved and the result will be printed out. The
analyzer terminates the mode automatically.
The result of OD calibration will be printed out in
duplicate.
Printout example)

6-22 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.10.8 Mode 72 - Inputting OD Calibration Coefficients (j, k)


This mode is used to input OD calibration coefficients (j, k) obtained by Mode 70 or 71 from the
keyboard.
NOTE: Coefficients (j, k) cannot be input for the test names for which QC cards have not been
read.
The same values (j, k) are used for the sample types (P, U, E).

[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [72] > [ENTER]

To print out the current data: >>> (1)


To input coefficients for each test name: >>> (2)
To reset coefficients for each test name: >>> (3)
To reset coefficients for all test names: >>> (4)

(1) To print out the current data:

(a) Press the PRINT key.

NOTE: To stop the printing in mid-course, press


the STOP key.

Printout example)

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-23


6. Software

(2) To input coefficients for each test name:

Example)
To input coefficients for Ca-P, (j, k) = (0.989, 0):

(a) [1] > [ENTER]

(b) Select a test name and a sample type to be


input.
[23] > [ENTER]

NOTE: The sample type can be selected by


using the TYPE key.

(c) Input coefficients (j, k).


j: [0.989] > [ENTER]
k: [0] > [ENTER]

(d) To continue inputting coefficients for other test


names after saving the input data, select
NEXT and press the ENTER key.
To quit the mode, press the STOP key.

Printout example)

6-24 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

(3) To reset coefficients for each test name:

Example )
To reset coefficients for Ca-P (test code = 23):

(a) [1] > [ENTER]

(b) Select a test name and a sample type to be


reset.
[23] > [ENTER]

NOTE: The sample type can be selected by


using the TYPE key.

(c) Press the CANCEL key.

NOTE: The CANCEL key is effective when the


coefficient data (l, m) is other than (1, 0).

(d) To continue resetting coefficients for other test


names after saving the reset data, select
NEXT and press the ENTER key.
To quit the mode, press the STOP key.

Printout example)

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-25


6. Software

(4) To reset coefficients for all test names:

(a) [2] > [ENTER]

(b) Select YES and press the ENTER key.

Printout example)

6-26 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.10.9 Mode 74 - Inputting Calibration Coefficients (l, m)


This mode is used to calibrate analyte concentration by using the equation 'y = lx + m' before
compensating a production lot for the concentration value which was calculated from the standard
curve.
NOTE: Coefficients (j, k) cannot be input for the test names for which QC cards have not been
read.
Coefficients (l, m) can be input for each sample type (W, P, U, E) individually.

[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [74] > [ENTER]

To print out the current data: >>> (1)


To input coefficients for each test name: >>> (2)
To reset coefficients for each test name: >>> (3)
To reset coefficients for all test names: >>> (4)

(1) To print out the current data:

(a) Press the PRINT key.

NOTE: To stop the printing in mid-course, press


the STOP key.

Printout example)

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-27


6. Software

(2) To input coefficients for each test name:

Example )
To input coefficients for GOT-P, (l, m) = (1.020, 0):

(a) [1] > [ENTER]

(b) Select a test name and a sample type to be


input.
[31] > [ENTER]

NOTE: The sample type can be selected by


using the TYPE key.

(c) Input coefficients (l, m).


l: [1.020] > [ENTER]
m: [0] > [ENTER]

(d) To continue inputting coefficients for other test


names after saving the input data, select
NEXT and press the ENTER key.
To quit the mode, press the STOP key.

Printout example)

6-28 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

(3) To reset coefficients for each test name:

Example)
To reset coefficients for GOT-P (test code = 31):

(a) [1] > [ENTER]

(b) Select a test name and a sample type to be


reset.
[31] > [ENTER]

NOTE: The sample type can be selected by


using the TYPE key.

(c) Press the CANCEL key.

NOTE: The CANCEL key is effective when the


coefficient data (l, m) is other than (1, 0).

(d) To continue resetting coefficients for other test


names after saving the reset data, select
NEXT and press the ENTER key.
To quit the mode, press the STOP key.

Printout example)

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-29


6. Software

(4) To reset coefficients for all test names:

(a) [2] > [ENTER]

(b) Select YES and press the ENTER key.

Printout example)

6-30 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.10.10 Mode 90 - Changing Manufacturer Dilution Factors


The default dilution factors, which are designated by the manufacturer, are preset in the analyzer as
follows: PM urine tests (1:1 dilution); CRP tests (1:20 dilution).

When a sample is pre-diluted in advance (outside of the analyzer), the tests without automatic dilution
can be performed by setting dilution factors to 1-fold using this mode.

IMPORTANT: When performing calibration for CRP tests, reset the dilution factor to the default
setting.
When the dilution factor is set to 1-fold, the automatic dilution will not be performed during
calibration process.

NOTE: For details, please refer to the instruction manual.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-31


6. Software

6.10.11 Mode 100 - Inputting the Specific Parameters


This mode is used to input the specific parameters (e.g. adjustment data) for the analyzer.
In this mode, the adjustment data of the specific parameters (labeled on the body) can be input.
NOTE: To print out the specific parameters, use Mode 15.

ZZZZZ
ZZZZZ

[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [100] > [ENTER]

Example )
To input "1" as the adjustment data of sample
position A on the sample disk

(1) Input the adjustment data.


[1] > [ENTER]

(2) Select WRITE and then ENTER to save data.

Printout example)
How to input)
◆ Perform data save (WRITE) for each value input.
When data is not changed, skip to the next menu
using the ENTER key.
◆ Press the STOP key to quit.

6-32 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.10.12 Mode 101 - Inputting Machine No.


This mode is used to input a machine No. and a filter No. of the specific parameters.
Bar-code input is available by using a sample bar-code reader (an optional accessory).

◆ Machine No.: Seven characters can be input (same as ID input operation).The 4 th character can only
be input by an alphabet.
◆ Filter No.: Five characters can be input (same as ID input operation).The 1st character can only be
input by an alphabet.

[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [101] > [ENTER]

Example)
To Input data as shown below:
Machine No.: 999F001
Filter No.: E1234

(1) Input the machine No.


[999F001] > [ENTER]

(2) Input the filter No.


[E1234] > [ENTER]

NOTE: After inputting the filter No., the analyzer


terminates the mode.

Printout example)

NOTE: When a sample bar-code reader is not


connected to the analyzer, the following
message is displayed.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-33


6. Software

6.10.13 Mode 103 - Displaying Temperature and Humidity


This mode is used to display CM incubator temperature, environmental temperature (inner body), PM
incubator temperature and environmental humidity (inner body).
This mode is available during the "Warming up" state and measurement process (except for sampling
or test condition programming).

[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [103] > [ENTER]

LCD display descriptions:


Incu: CM incubator temperature
Ise: PM incubator temperature
Temp: Environmental temperature (inner body)
Hum: Environmental humidity (inner body)

6-34 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.10.14 Mode 104 - Data File Reset


This mode is used to reset data files which are memorized in the analyzer.

<Data file list>


QC card info (IP/CRP): QC.DAT
QC card info (ISE): QC_ISE.DAT
Test parameter: MES.DAT
Coeff (a, b): AB.DAT
OD cal (j, k): JK.DAT
Result cal (l, m): LM.DAT
PF ctrl parameter: PFT.DAT
Ref intervals setting: RANGE.DAT
T-printer setting: T_PRT.DAT
Machine parameter: PRM.DAT
Motor parameter: MT_PRM.DAT
Configuration1 (INI): INI.DAT
Configuration2 (ENV): ENV.DAT
Error info: ERROR.DAT

NOTE: Refer to Section "6.11.1 Data Files" for further information of the data files.

[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [104] > [ENTER]

(1) Select a data file to be reset by using the cursor


keys ( ▲ / ▼ ), then press the ENTER key.

(2) To perform reset, select YES and press the


ENTER key.

Printout example)

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-35


6. Software

6.10.15 Mode 107 - Data File Initialization


This mode is used to initialize (delete) data files which are memorized in the analyzer.

<Data file list>


QC card info (IP/CRP): QC.DAT
QC card info (ISE): QC_ISE.DAT
Test parameter: MES.DAT
Coeff (a, b): AB.DAT
OD cal (j, k): JK.DAT
Result cal (l, m): LM.DAT
PF ctrl parameter: PFT.DAT
Ref intervals setting: RANGE.DAT
T-printer setting: T_PRT.DAT
Machine parameter: PRM.DAT
Motor parameter: MT_PRM.DAT
Configuration1 (INI): INI.DAT
Configuration2 (ENV): ENV.DAT
Time course (RESULT): RESULTxx.DAT
Error info: ERROR.DAT
Test results: U_DATAxx.DAT
NOTE: Refer to Section "6.11.1 Data Files" for further information of the data files.

[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [107] > [ENTER]

(1) Select a data file to be deleted by using the


cursor keys ( ▲ / ▼ ), then press the ENTER key.

(2) To delete the file, select YES and press the


ENTER key.

Printout example)

6-36 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.10.16 Mode 108 - Shipping Data Initialization


This mode is used to initialize (delete) data files which are memorized in the analyzer.

<Deleted data file lists by executing Mode 108>


QC card info (IP/CRP): QC.DAT
QC card info (ISE): QC_ISE.DAT
Test parameter: MES.DAT
Coeff (a, b): AB.DAT
PF ctrl parameter: PFT.DAT
Ref intervals setting: RANGE.DAT
T-printer setting: T_PRT.DAT
Configuration1 (INI): INI.DAT
Configuration2 (ENV): ENV.DAT
Time course (RESULT): RESULTxx.DAT
Error info: ERROR.DAT
Test results: U_DATAxx.DAT
NOTE: Refer to Section "6.11.1 Data Files" for further information of the data files.

[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [108] > [ENTER]

(1) To delete all the files, select YES and press the
ENTER key.

Printout example)

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-37


6. Software

6.10.17 Mode 109 - Setting Slide Code


This mode is used to set a slide code from the keyboard (a slide code on the slide is ignored).
To reset this mode setting, perform RESET in this mode or turn the power off and on.

NOTE: When using this mode, only slides whose slide dot information can be read correctly are
available for use.

[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [109] > [ENTER]

(1) Select SET and press the ENTER key.

NOTE: To reset this mode, select RESET and


press the ENTER key.

(2) Input a slide code.

Example) GLU-P (1050)


[1050] > [ENTER]

Printout example)

6-38 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.10.18 Mode 110 - Inputting OD Value for RWP/RBP


This mode is used to input the OD value for the RWP/RBP (built-in).

[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [110] > [ENTER]

(1) Select a wavelength using the " ▲▼ " keys and


press the ENTER key.

Example)
To input 0.0384 for the RWP and 3.3688 for the RBP
at 505 nm:

(2) Input the OD value for the RWP.


[0.0384] > [ENTER]

(3) Input the OD value for the RBP.


[3.3688] > [ENTER]

(4) To save the input data, select FIX and press the
ENTER key.

Printout example)

Pressing the PRINT key on the


wavelength selection menu prints out
the values for all wavelengths.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-39


6. Software

6.10.19 Mode 111 - Inputting the Parameters of RBP Quality Check


This mode is used to set a default setting of RBP quality level and a detection threshold.
NOTE: The default setting of RBP quality level and the detection threshold are set in factory before
shipping.
In case that the specific parameter data file has crashed or the photometer head and/or the
RBP have been replaced, these parameters should be input again.
To input a default parameter of the RBP quality level, perform "Mechanical test mode >
Filter > Deterioration check". And then input the result of RBP quality level.

 [Keyboard operation]


/4$2NGXGNRCTCOGVGT [MODE] > [111] > [ENTER]

1NF0GY 1) Input a default quality level for the RBP.


&GHCWNVA (Example) Inputting "35"
.GXGN [35] > [ENTER]

2) Input a threshold for detecting warning or error.


 [200] > [ENTER]
/4$2NGXGNRCTCOGVGT
I M P O R TA N T: A l w a y s i np u t " 2 0 0" a s t h e
1NF0GY detection threshold as long as there is no
guidance for the parameters from the
&GHCWNV
manufacturer.
.GXGNA

3) Confirm the input data and then fix them.


Select FIX and press the ENTER key.
The mode is completed after saving the new
settings.
NOTE: Selecting QUIT returns to Step 1).

Printout example)

/4$2NGXGNRCTCOGVGT
+PKV4$2NGXGN
4$2ENGCPNGXGN

6-40 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.10.20 Mode 112 - Slide Fog Measurement


This mode is used to measure the level of the slide fog.
Thirteen slides stacked in the slide cartridge of Sample position A are transferred into each cell of the
incubator to measure OD values by a selected wavelength. The results will be printed out after the
measurement completed.

[Keyboard operation]
 [MODE] > [112] > [ENTER]
/(QIOGCUWTGOGPV
9CXGPO 1) Select a wavelength by using the cursor keys (
▲▼ ).
Load 13 slides in a slide cartridge and set on
2TGUU56#46 Sample position A.

2) The measurement starts.


[START]

The slides in Sample position A are transferred


 into the incubator in order.
/(QIOGCUWTGOGPV
3) The mode returns to step 1) after printing out
(QIOGCUWTKPIKPRTQEGUU the results.
9CKVCOQOGPV To quit the mode, press the STOP key.

Printout example)

/(QIOGCUWTGOGPV
(KNVGTPO
%'..1&
%'..1&
%'..1&
%'..1&
%'..1&
%'..1&
%'..1&
%'..1&
%'..1&
%'..1&
%'..1&
%'..1&
%'..1&

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-41


6. Software

6.10.21 Mode 115 - Mechanical Test Mode


[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [115] > [ENTER]
Refer to Section "8.2 Other Checking and Adjustments" for further information.

6.10.22 Mode 116 - Mechanical Adjustment Mode


[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [116] > [ENTER]
Refer to Section "7.2 Adjustment (Usage of Mechanical Adjustment Mode)" for further information.

6.10.23 Mode 121 - Displaying Cumulative Test Count


Displays the cumulative test count.
[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [121] > [ENTER]

6-42 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.10.24 Mode 119 - Setting Slide Code for Each Sample


This mode is used to set a slide code from the keyboard for each sample (a slide code on the slide is
ignored).
To reset this mode setting, perform RESET in this mode or turn the power off and on.
When using this mode, only slides whose slide dot information can be read correctly are available for
use.

[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [109] > [ENTER]

1) Select a sample position to be set.


Example) Sample B
[1] > [ENTER]

NOTE: Each number of 0 - 4 corresponds to the


sample position of A - E.

2) Select SET and press the ENTER key to input.


Select RESET and press the ENTER key to
reset the setting. Mode 119 returns to step 1).

3) Input a slide code to be measured.


Mode 119 returns to step 1) after inputting.
Example) GLU-P (1050)
[1050] > [ENTER]

4) To quit the mode, press the STOP key.

Printout example)

/5GVUNKFGEQFG
URN
5OR0Q
5'6
5NFEQFG
5OR0Q
4'5'6
5OR0Q
5'6
5NFEQFG

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-43


6. Software

6.10.25 Mode 125 - Printing out Time Course of PM tests


This mode is used to search for time course data of PM tests from the stored data and print out the
search results, beginning from the latest.

[Keyboard operation]

[MODE] > [125] > [ENTER]
/2TKPV2/6EQWTUG
4GCF(KNG4GUWNVNQI
1) The analyzer searches for PM time course data
from the latest data file.
.QCFKPIHKNGU
2NGCUGYCKVCOQOGPV

 2) If PM time course data exists in the file, the


search results will be printed out.
/2TKPV2/6EQWTUG
4GCF(KNG4GUWNVNQI

3) To continue searching for PM time course data


from the next data file, select NEXT and press
the ENTER key.
To quit the mode, select END and press the
STOP key.

4) When completing to search all data files or


selecting END at step 3), the mode will be

terminated.
/2TKPV2/6EQWTUG
4GCF(KNG4GUWNVNQI

5GTEJKPIHKNGEQORNGVGF

6-44 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.10.26 Mode 127 - Inputting PF Calibration Coefficients


This mode is used to print/input/reset PF calibration coefficients.
NOTE: By reading a PF card, PF calibration coefficients other than for the test names given by the
PF card will be reset to (1, 0).
A PF calibration coefficient is used for all sample types (P, U, E) in common.
[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [127] > [ENTER]

To print out the current data: >>> (1)


To input coefficients for each test name: >>> (2)
To reset coefficients for each test name: >>> (3)
To reset coefficients for all test names: >>> (4)

(1) To print out the current data:

(a) Press the PRINT key.

NOTE: To stop the printing in mid-course, press


the STOP key.

Printout example)

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-45


6. Software

(2) To input coefficients for each test name:

Example)
To input coefficients for TP [(pf_a, pf_b) = (1, 0.1)]:

(a) [1] > [ENTER]

(b) Select a test name to be input.


[18] > [ENTER]

(c) Input coefficients (pf_a, pf_ b).


pf_a: [1] > [ENTER]
pf_b: [0.1] > [ENTER]

(d) To continue inputting coefficients for other test


names after saving the input data, select
NEXT and press the ENTER key.
To quit the mode, press the STOP key.

Printout example)

6-46 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

(3) To reset coefficients for each test name:

Example)
To reset coefficients for TP (test name = 18):

(a) [1] > [ENTER]

(b) Input the test name to be reset.


[18] > [ENTER]

(c) Press the CANCEL key.

(d) To continue resetting coefficients for other test


names after saving the reset data, select
NEXT and press the ENTER key.
To quit the mode, press the STOP key.

Printout example)

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-47


6. Software

(4) To reset coefficients for all test names:

(a) [2] > [ENTER]

(b) Select YES and press the ENTER key.

Printout example)

6-48 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.10.27 Mode 129 - Setting a Threshold Detecting Spotting-failure


This mode is used to input a threshold value for detecting spotting-failure.

[Keyboard operation]
 [MODE] > [129] > [ENTER]
/0QURQVUGVVKPI
.GXGN
0GYA

1) Input a threshold value for detecting spotting-


failure.

/0QURQVUGVVKPI (Example) 0.003
.GXGN [0.003] > [ENTER]
0GY

2) The analyzer saves and prints out the new data


 and then completes the mode.
/0QURQVUGVVKPI
.GXGN
0GY Printout example)

/0QURQVUGVVKPI


FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-49


6. Software

6.11 CF Card Data


6.11.1 Data Files

Data file name Description


AB.DAT Correlation coefficients (a, b)
Lamp's cumulative illumination time, Cumulative test count,
Main/sub unit conversion, Communication destination setting,
Lamp off timer setting, Reference intervals,
INI.DAT
Out of determination range, Remaining tip/cup, Calibration results,
Calibrator concentration (CP), A number of tests for calibration,
LCD contrast/printer density, Buzzer configuration
JK.DAT OD calibration coefficients (j, k)
LM.DAT Concentration calibration coefficients (l, m)
Dilution factor for each test (M45)
MES.DAT Manufacturer dilution factor settings (M90)
PF calibration coefficients (pf_a, pf_b)
Motor control parameters
MT_PRM.DAT
Adjustment parameters
PFT.DAT PF control information (lot No., filtering control information)
Specific parameters (machine No., RWP/RBP information,
PRM.DAT
temperature control information)
QC.DAT QC information for CM and immuno tests
QC_ISE.DAT QC information for PM tests
RANGE.DAT Reference intervals
T_PRT.DAT Ticket printer print information
ENV.DAT Test tube selection for diluent and reference fluid
ERROR.DAT Error log
Time course data
RESULTxx.DAT
Maximum memory capacity: 800 tests (40 tests x 20 files)
Reprint data
U_DATAxx.DAT Maximum memory capacity: 9000 tests (30 tests x 50 samples x 6
files)

6-50 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.11.2 Memory Functions

1) Program files and data files are stored in the CF (Compact Flash) card (master) mounted on the
CP70A board. If the program version stored in the flash memory (program work area) mounted on
the CP70A is not same as the program version stored in the CF card (master), the analyzer loads
the program files of the master CF card into the flash memory ( ① ) and starts up the loaded
program of the flash memory.
2) Both original data files and backup data files are stored in the CF card (master). Each time the
analyzer is turned on, the data files are copied from the CF card (master) to the memory mounted
on the CP70A board.(②)
The original data files of the CF card are verified before starting the copy process. If verification
errors occur, the backup data files are used instead of the original data files.
In the case that verification errors also occur in the backup data files, the recovery operation by
service personnel is necessary.
3) For the data collection, follow the process of "Data Collection (Sec.6.11.3)". The data files stored
in the CF card (master) can be collected and copied to an external CF card (slave).(③)
4) For the version upgrade of the program, follow the process of "Version Upgrade (Sec.6.11.4)".
First, the program stored in the external CF card is copied to the CF card (master) ( ④ ). Next, the
program is loaded into the flash memory of the CP70A board when the analyzer is re-powered on.

External CF card
(Slave)

Program Data

④ ③

CF card
(Master)
Flash Memory
(Program) ①
Program Data

Memory
(Data)

CP70A board

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-51


6. Software

6.11.3 Data Collection


This function is used to collect data (e.g. specific parameters) from a built-in CF card.

Data collection procedures)

(1) Insert a CF card ( no file stored ) into the CF


card slot on top of the analyzer while the power
is turned off.

NOTE: Pay attention to the insert direction of the


CF card.
NOTE: Usable CF card (operation confirmed):
HB28C016C6 (by Hitachi)

(2) Turn the power on while pressing the SAVE key.


Remain pressing the SAVE key continuously
until "Copying files …" is displayed on the LCD.

Wait until "Copy completed. Take out CF card."


appears on the LCD.

(3) After the power turns off, take out the CF card
from the card slot.

File list copied by this procedure)


AB.DAT: Correlation coefficients (a, b)
INI.DAT: Configuration data
JK.DAT: OD calibration coefficients (j, k)
LM.DAT: Concentration calibration coefficients (l, m)
MES.DAT: Test information (dilution factors, PF calibration coefficients)
MT_PRM.DAT: Motor parameters
PFT.DAT: PF control information
PRM.DAT: Specific parameters
QC.DAT: QC information for CM tests
QC_ISE.DAT: QC information for PM tests
RANGE.DAT: Reference intervals
T_PRT.DAT: Ticket printer print information
RESULTxx.LOG: Time course data
U_DATAxx.LOG: Reprint data
ERROR.DAT: Error logs
ENV.DAT: Test tube selection for diluent and reference fluid
NOTE: "xx" means given value.

6-52 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


6. Software

6.11.4 Version Upgrade

Version upgrade procedures)

IMPORTANT: Be sure to turn the power off


when inserting/extracting a CF card.
Data in a CF card may be destroyed.

(1) Insert a CF card for version upgrade into the CF


card slot on top of the analyzer while the power
is turned off.

NOTE: Pay attention to the insert direction of the


CF card.

(2) Turn the power on.


The LCD displays the message indicated on the
left. Wait until "Copy completed. Take out CF
card." appears on the LCD.

Copy restriction)
In case that the version stored in the analyzer is
different from the version of the CF card, the
analyzer performs version upgrade process
Both upgrade and downgrade can be performed.

(3) After the power turns off, take out the CF card
from the card slot.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 6-53


6. Software

6-54 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment


7.1 Disassembly and Reassembly

This section describes the procedures of


disassembly.
Reassembling procedures should be in the reverse
order of disassembly as a general rule.

IMPORTANT: Turn off the analyzer during all


disassembly / reassembly operations.

7.1.1 Printer

(1) Remove the recording paper.

NOTE: Cut off the remaining paper before the


insertion opening and pull out the
remaining paper from the front.
To protect the printer, do not pull out the
paper in reverse.

(2) Loosen 2 screws ① .

(3) Slide the printer in the direction of ② as shown


on the left and pull apart it from the body.

NOTE: To reassemble, slide the printer in the


opposite direction of ② direction and
screw it after hooking the printer on the
rear cover.

(4) Release the cable from the clamp.

(5) Disconnect the connector and remove the


printer.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-1


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.2 Main Chassis Cover (Top, Front, Rear)

Main Chassis Cover (Top)


(Preparation)
■ Remove the printer.

(1) Loosen the screw of the PF unit cover and


remove the cover.

NOTE: Remove the cover by pulling down and


out to the operator side.

(2) Loose 6 screws of the main chassis top cover.

(3) Remove the main chassis top cover upward.

7-2 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

Main Chassis Cover (Front)


(Preparation)
■ Remove the disposal box and the PF pump cover.

(4) Loosen a thumbscrew of the tip ejecting part


and 2 thumbscrews ① of the spotting part
cover. Remove the spotting part cover.

(5) Loosen 4 screws ② of the main chassis front


cover.

(6) Remove the main chassis front cover by sliding


to the operator side.

Main Chassis Cover (Rear)

(7) Remove the incubator cover and the incubator


cable ③ .

(8) Loosen 2 screws ④ of the main chassis rear


cover.

(9) Remove the main chassis rear cover by sliding


to the operator side.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-3


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.3 Key Board / Sampler Cover

(Preparation)
■ Remove the printer.
■ Remove the main chassis top cover.

(1) Disconnect the connector (IFKB) ① .

(2) Loosen 2 screws ② .

(3) Loosen 4 screws ③ .

(4) After opening the keyboard & sampler cover,


remove it by sliding upward.

7-4 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.4 Syringe

Syringe cover
(Preparation)
■ Remove the PF unit cover.

(1) Loosen 3 screws fixing the syringe cover.

NOTE: It is useful to remain the center screw on


cover B when reassembling.

(2) Move the sampler unit to the right end.

(3) Remove the syringe cover A and B separately.

NOTE: When removing the syringe only, remove


syringe cover B. Refer to the next page
for the syringe disassembly.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-5


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

Syringe unit
(Preparation)

■ Remove the printer.


■ Remove the main chassis top cover.
■ Remove the PF unit cover.
■ Remove the syringe cover.

(4) Loosen the screw ① .

(5) Disconnect 4 connectors ② .


M16, SV1, IFPRS1, PC16

(6) Remove 2 tubes (thin) ③ from the joints.

(7) Loosen the screw.

(8) Remove the syringe unit by pulling slantwise up.

NOTE: By moving the sampler unit to right, the


syringe unit can be removed without
removing the sampler unit.

Syringe

(9) Open the hook (fixing the plunger of the


syringe) and pull out the syringe by holding both
the plunger and the syringe body.

IMPORTANT: Be careful not to pull out the


plunger of the syringe from the syringe
body.
NOTE: Be careful not to bend the plunger of the
syringe.

7-6 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.5 PRES4 Board


(Preparation)
■ Remove the PF unit cover.

■ Remove the syringe cover.


■ Remove the syringe unit if necessary.

(1) Disconnect the connector (PRES1).

(2) Remove the board by pinching 4 spacers.

7.1.6 Cleaning Syringe

After removing the syringe, perform cleaning as


follows.

(1) Loosen the left side screw and the plunger part
(right side) from the syringe body.

NOTE: Remove locking adhesive attached to A


or B parts.If locking adhesive remains
here, it is impossible to screw in properly
when reassembling.

(2) Remove 4 rings from the plunger. Remove an


O-ring and 2 X-rings from the rings. Clean 4
rings, an O-ring, and 2 X-rings individually.

NOTE: It is effective for cleaning to use neutral


detergent. After using detergent, make
sure to wash the parts with water and
dry them well.

(3) Clean the hole of the syringe body by blowing


air through it from three directions.

NOTE: It is effective for cleaning to rub away


from both sides using the plunger in
neutral detergent. After using detergent,
make sure to wash the parts with water
and dry them well.

(4) Wipe stains off the plunger.

After cleaning, reassemble referring the


following page.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-7


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.7 Reassembling Syringe


When reassemble the syringe, pay attention to the assembly order, the assembly direction and
painting grease.
NOTE: 3 rubber rings (4a, 4b, and 6) and a
packing (9) are periodic replacing parts.

2
Paint the specific grease whole
White plastic outer side

3 a X-ring (Black rubber)

㪌 White plastic

Fill in the specific grease

Fill in the specific grease

Brass

X-ring (Black rubber)


7 Fill in the specific grease
b

4
8 Brass

6 O-ring (Black)

Make sure the setting direction

7-8 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

Wipe off the grease painted


on the surface.

Wipe off the grease painted


on the surface.

2
Paint the specific grease on this part.
Be careful not to paint grease into the hole.

10

Co
mp
let
ely Packing (Plastic)
sh
ou 9
ld
be
ins
ert
ed

IMPORTANT: When assembling ② and ⑩ , use a torque driver screwing this screw ⑨ .
60 Ncm (6 kgcm)
NOTE: After assembling, slide the plunger several times.
Measure the kinematic friction.
The friction should be less than 200 g.
NOTE: After assembling, perform Mode 42 to check leakage.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-9


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.8 Sampler
(Preparation)
■ Remove the printer.
■ Remove the PF unit cover.
■ Remove the main chassis top cover.
■ Remove the keyboard / sampler cover.
■ Remove the syringe unit.
■ Remove the incubator cable.

(1) Loosen 3 screws ① .

NOTE: Do not loosen the screws marked with


paint marker on the plate.
Do not loose this plate.
(2) Disconnect the connector (IFPC9) ② .

(3) Loosen 2 screws to remove the bracket from


the sampler unit.

(4) Release the tubes from 4 clamps.

(5) Disconnect 2 connectors (FXCN1, M9). Lift up


the sampler unit to remove.

NOTE: Be careful not to touch the sampler rail


part which is painted with grease.

7-10 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.9 TP70A Board


(Preparation)
■ Remove the sampler unit nozzle cover.

(1) Pull out the tube ① .

(2) Loosen 2 screws of the plate for both sides


(right and left).

A
(3) Disconnect the connector (TP70A).

B
TP70A board

Spacer A: Pinch these parts to remove


(4) Loose spacer A from the board and the bracket.
from the board and the bracket. Pull out the spacer downward.

(5) Loose the upper part of spacer B. Pull out the


board upward.

IMPORTANT: Adjust and verify the tip ejecting


position, the tip pickup position, the
spotting position, the mixing cups position,
a n d t h e s a m p l i n g p o s i t i o n a ft e r
B A B reassembling.
Refer to Section 7.2 "Adjustment (Usage of
Spacer B: Pinch the upper part only to Mechanical Adjustment Mode)".
remove the board.
(Do not remove spacer B from the bracket.)
NOTE: After the adjustments, check the function
using "Mechanical test" > "Sensor" >
"Tip sensor".
Refer to Section 8.1.1.1 "Tip sensor".

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-11


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.10 Nozzle Assembly

(Preparation)

■ Remove the sampler unit nozzle cover.

(1) Pull out the tube ① .

(2) Loosen 2 hexagon head screws ② and pull out


the nozzles downward.

NOTE: Make sure to insert the nozzle


completely to the end (top) when
reassembling.

NOTE: Pay attention to the aspect of the nozzle


when reassembling. Set the nozzle with
the notch of the O-ring facing the
operator side.
Set the nozzle with the notch of the O-ring
facing the operator side when reassembling.

7-12 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.11 PF Unit

(1) Loosen the screw to remove the PF unit cover.

(2) Disconnect 3 connectors (IFPC12, IFLS,


IFM12) ① .

(3) Loosen 3 screws ② to take out the PF unit to


the operator side.

IMPORTANT: Adjust and verify the PF reference


detection position, the PF suction pad
horizontal position, and the PF suction pad
vertical position after reassembling.
Refer to Section 7.2.10 "PF".

7.1.12 LSAMP Board


(Preparation)
■ Remove the PF unit cover.

(1) Disconnect 2 connectors (CN1, CN2) ① .

(2) Loosen 2 hexagon head screws ② to remove


the board.

IMPORTANT: When replacing the LSAMP board


with new one, turn VR1 counterclockwise
10 times and VR2 clockwise 10 times on
the LSAMP board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-13


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.13 PSS Board


(Preparation)
■ Remove the PF unit cover.

(1) Unscrew the PF suction pad to remove.

(2) Remove the ring constraining the PF sensor.

(3) Pull down the PF sensor gently to take out a


connector.

(4) Disconnect the connector and replace the PSS


board.

IMPORTANT: Adjust and verify the PF reference


detection position, the PF suction pad
horizontal position, and the PF suction pad
vertical position after reassembling.
Refer to Section 7.2.10 "PF".

7-14 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.14 PF Pump

(Preparation)
■ Remove the spotting part cover.
■ Remove the main chassis front cover.

(1) Loosen 3 screws.

(2) Loosen the screw ① .

(3) Loosen 2 screws ② to remove the right side


cover.

(4) Disconnect 3 connectors (PRES2, VRL, DCM).

IMPORTANT: After reassembling, perform "PF


leak check Mode 51".

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-15


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

(5) Release 3 clamps.

7.1.15 PRES2 Board


(Preparation)
■ Remove the PF pump unit.

(1) Disconnect the piping tube and remove the


board from the spacers.

IMPORTANT: After reassembling, perform "PF


leak check".

7-16 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.16 Transfer Change

connector (M6, PC6) (Preparation)


Type S of analyzer does not have the M6
and the PC6 connectors.
■ Remove the main chassis front and rear cover.

(1) Disconnect 2 connectors (M6, PC6) ① .

NOTE: Type S of analyzer does not have these


connectors.

(2) Loosen 5 screws ② .

5 screws

(3) Lift up the unit to remove.

NOTE: Type S of analyzer does not have the M6


and the PC6 connectors.

IMPORTANT: Adjust and verify the incubator


insert position, the slide feed spotting
position, the transfer change (insert, PM
m e a s u r i n g , P M f e e d h e i g h t ) a ft e r
reassembling.
NOTE: Make sure that this roller bearing part is on Refer to Section 7.2 "Adjustment (Usage of
the sample disk when reassembling.
Mechanical Adjustment Mode)".

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-17


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.17 Sample Disk

(Preparation)
■ Remove the main chassis front and rear cover.
■ Remove the transfer change unit.

NOTE: Remove all the accessories on the


sample disk.(e.g. Tip racks, Mixing cups)

(1) Turn the tip racks position of the sample disk


facing the slide transfer direction ① .

NOTE: Set the sample disk in this direction


when reassembling. (To avoid damaging
the blade spring on the reverse side of
the sample disk.)

(2) For the analyzers with the PM unit, loosen 2


screws ② of the reference fluid unit to remove
the unit.

(3) Loosen the screw ③ .

(4) Remove the belt upward by pushing the bracket


to the direction shown in the figure.

NOTE: When reassembling, check that the belt


is tighten by the spring force and then
tighten the screw ③ .

(5) Release the sample disk by pushing the roller


bearing to arrowhead.

7-18 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

(6) Release the sample disk by pushing the roller


bearing ⑥ backward.

NOTE: Make sure to set the roller bearings


again when reassembling.

(7) Remove the sample disk upward.

NOTE: Pay attention to the sample disk placing


direction (upside down) not to damage
the blade springs.

IMPORTANT: Adjust and verify the adjustments


of the sample disk, the tip pickup position,
the mixing cups position, the sampling
position, and PF after reassembling.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-19


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.18 LA70A / LA70B Board


(Preparation)
■ Remove the main chassis front and rear cover.
■ Remove the sample disk.

LA (1) Loosen the screw ① .

(2) Disconnect the connectors (LA, LB) ② .


LB is front and LA is back.

(3) Remove the LED Assy with the bracket.

NOTE: After the replacement, check the function


using "Mechanical test" > "Lot read" >
"Read test".
LB Refer to Section 8.1.6.2 "Reading test".

7.1.19 RA70A Board


(Preparation)
■ Remove the main chassis front and rear cover.
■ Remove the sample disk.

(1) Loosen the screw ① .

(2) Disconnect the connector (IFRAC) ② .

(3) Remove the board with the bracket.

NOTE: When reassembling, align the bracket to


the sign of half-punch on the opposite
side of the screw ① .
NOTE: After the replacement, check the function
using "Mechanical test" > "Sensor" >
"Rack sensor".
Refer to Section 8.1.1.2 "Rack sensor".

7-20 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.20 Transfer Unit


(Preparation)
■ Remove the main chassis front and rear cover.
■ Remove the PF pump unit.
■ Remove the sample disk.
■ Remove the LED Assy (LA70A / LB70A).

(1) Loosen 2 screws ① to remove the cover.

(2) Loosen 4 screws ② .

NOTE: Remove the PF pump unit cover.

(3) Disconnect 4 connectors (M3, PC13, PC3,


PC18) to remove the transfer unit upward.

Removed unit

IMPORTANT: Adjust and verify the adjustment


of the slide transfer (spotting / insert), the
sample disk slide feed, the tip pickup
position, the mixing cups position, the
s a m p l i n g p o s i t i o n , a n d P F a ft e r
reassembling.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-21


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment
7.1.20.1 Transfer bar replacement

(Preparation)
■ Remove the main chassis front and rear cover.
■ Remove the sample disk.

A 1) Unscrew 4 screws and remove guide A by


sliding horizontally (toward the incubator unit).

2) Unscrew the flat countersunk head screws to


replace the transfer bar.

NOTE: Due to locking adhesive attached on this


countersunk head screws, screw up first
(tighten) before unscrewing for effortless
operation.

3) Replace the transfer bar and reassemble.

NOTE: Make sure that the transfer bar and the


shaft are set in parallel, and then screw
the countersunk head screws.

IMPORTANT: Adjust and verify the adjustment


of the slide transfer (sampling / insert), the
sample disk slide feed, the tip pickup
position, the mixing cups position, the
sampling position, and PF after
reassembling.
Shaft

7-22 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.21 CCD Unit

(Preparation)
■ Remove the main chassis front and rear cover.
■ Remove the PF pump unit.
■ Remove the sample disk.
■ Remove the LED Assy (LA70A / LB70A).
■ Remove the transfer unit.

(1) Loosen 3 screws ① to remove the roller bearing


assy.

(2) Loosen 2 screws ② to remove the sample disk


motor.
Disconnect the connector (M13) from the side of
the main chassis.

Connector (M13)

(3) Disconnect the connector (LR).

(4) Loosen 3 screws ③ to remove the liquid tray.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-23


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

(5) Loosen 4 screws ④ .

(6) Pull out the CCD unit frontward from the main
chassis and remove it.

NOTE: Be careful not to damage clamps and


cables under the unit.

IMPORTANT: Adjust and verify the adjustment


of the slide transfer (spotting / insert)
position, the sample disk slide feed, the tip
pickup position, the mixing cups position,
the sampling position, and the PF suction
position after reassembling.

NOTE: After the replacement, check the function


using "Mechanical test" > "Lot read" >
"Read position check" and "Read test".
Refer to Section 8.1.6.1 "Reading
position check".
Refer to Section 8.1.6.2 "Reading test".

7-24 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.22 LR70A Board

(1) Disconnect three connectors (CN1, CN2, CN4)


and release 4 spacers to remove the board.

CC70A Board LR70A Board

NOTE: Make sure that the DIPSW setting is not


changed between before and after of
assembling.
The DIPSW 3 and 4 should be OFF.
DIP SW 3, 4 OFF

NOTE: When updating the LR70A program, turn


on the DIPSW 1 and 4 as shown below.

DIP SW 1, 4, OFF

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-25


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.23 CC70A Board

(1) When replacing the CC70A board, replace the


CCD assembly including the CC70A board.
Loosen 2 screws to remove Replacing only the CC70A board is impossible.
the CCD assembly.

<CCD unit replacement procedure>


NOTE: Replace the CCD assembly as a
replacement unit. Do not replace only
the CC70A board. The inspection is
performed for the assembly unit.

NOTE: After the replacement, check the function


using "Mechanical test" > "Lot read" >
"Read position check" and "Read test".
Refer to Section 8.1.6.1 "Reading
Pay attention to the connector direction. position check".
Refer to Section 8.1.6.2 "Reading test".

7-26 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.24 Slide Eject Unit

(Preparation)
■ Remove the main chassis front and rear cover.
■ Remove the right side cover.

(1) Remove the E-ring ① fixing the slide eject lever.

(2) Remove the slide ejecting lever ② .

(3) Disconnect the connector (PC17) ③ .

(4) Disconnect the connector (M17) ④ .

(5) Release the clamp ⑤ .

(6) Loosen 2 screws to lift up the unit.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-27


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.25 PM Unit

(Preparation)
■ Remove the main chassis front and rear cover.
■ Remove the transfer change unit.

(1) Release 5 clamps ① .

(2) Disconnect 5 connectors (HT2, TH2, M11,


PC11, EPM) ② .

(3) Remove the pipe for the tip disposal ③ .

NOTE: Pay attention to the direction of pipe


setting.Set the short part whose
diameter is small to be located
downward.

Set downward.

(4) Release the clamp ④ .

(5) Loosen 3 screws ⑤ while holdinig the PM unit


from the bottom.

NOTE: Be careful that the PM unit will fall after


loosening the screws.

(6) Be carefule that the probe unit does not contact


with the main chassis when pulling out the unit
from the disposal box position.

IMPORTANT: Adjust and verify the adjustments


of the incubator insert position, the transfer
change (insert, PM measurement, PM
transfer height) position, the sample disk,
and the spotting position after
reassembling.

7-28 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.26 Probe Unit

Probe unit

7.1.27 EPM Board


(Preparation)
■ Remove the main chassis front and rear cover.
■ Remove the transfer change unit.
■ Remove the PM unit.

EPM Board

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-29


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.28 Interference Filter

(Preparation)
■ Remove the disposal box.

(1) Loosen 3 screws ① and remove the light


source lamp cover, the magnet of the cover, and
the bracket for fixing the lamp connector.

(2) Remove the light source lamp.

(3) Loosen 2 screws ② to remove the cover to the


operator side.

NOTE: Be careful not to pinch the cables when


reassembling.

(4) Loosen 2 screws ③ to remove the filter (getting


away from the sensor ④ ).

NOTE: After the replacement, perform the


following:
(a) Perform the light source initialization by using
"Mechanical adjustment mode (Mode 116)" >
"Filter" > "Deteriorate level".
Refer to Section 7.2.11.2 "Deteriorate level
setting".
(b) Check the light intensity of 400nm using Mode
41.
> 40mV (factory standard)
< 22mV (warning range)

7-30 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.29 CP70A / DR70A Board

(Preparation)
■ Unplug the power supply cable and the
communication cable (COM1, 2) from the analyzer.

(1) Loosen 9 screws to remove the rear cover.

NOTE: Do not loosen 5 screws which are not


circled in the left figure.

CP70A board

(2) Disconnect the cables from the board.

(3) Loosen 3 screws (upper part) and release the


spacers fixing the board to remove the board.

NOTE: When replacing the board, set the DIP


switch settings, copying from the old
board to the new board.
Refer to Section 6.2.1 "CP70A Board".

DR70A board

(4) Disconnect the cables from the board.

(5) Loosen 3 screws (lower part) and release the


spacers fixing the board to remove the board.

NOTE: When replacing the board, set the DIP


switch settings, copying from the old
board to the new board.
Refer to Section 6.2.2 "DR70A Board".

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-31


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.30 Photometric Head

(Preparation)
■ Remove the main chassis front and rear cover.
■ Remove the incubator unit (cables, cover, upper
incubator).

(1) Loosen 3 screws to remove the side cover.

(2) Loosen 2 screws to remove the wire-netting.

(3) Loosen 2 screws fixing the bracket ① .

(4) Loosen the screw ② to remove the optical fiver


cable.

NOTE: When reassembling, tighten the screw


using a torque driver (6 kg cm).

NOTE: Roll up the optical fiver cable as shown


in the left figure.

(5) Loosen 2 screws ③ to remove the bracket.

(6) Loosen 3 screws ④ to remove the lower


incubator .

7-32 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

(7) Loosen 4 screws ⑤ to remove the lower


incubator cover.

NOTE: When reassembling, insert the slide


eject lever to the lower incubator cover
before screwing.

(8) Disconnect the connector (IFLHA) ⑥ .

(9) Release 3 clamps ⑦ .

(10) Loosen 2 screws ⑧ .

(11) Unscrew the lower part of the photometric head


⑨ to pull out upward.

NOTE: The size of spanner is 17 mm.


NOTE: When fixing the photometric head after
assembling the lower incubator cover,
align the photometric head in parallel
with the shape of the cover hole, while
pushing it to the outside of the incubator
cover.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-33


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

NOTE: The photometric head is connected to


the LHA-AMP board by the cables
(soldered), and the variable resister on
the board is adjusted for the photometric
head in factory.
Always replace a set of the photometric
head and the LHA-AMP board.
Replacing one of those (e. g. only the
LHA-AMP board) is prohibited.

NOTE: After the replacement, perform the


following:
(a) Check the light intensity of 400nm using Mode
LHA-AMP Board 41.
> 40mV (factory standard)
< 22mV (warning range)
(b) Run the control liquids and check the results
within the ranges.

NOTE: When replacing only the optical fiber


cable, check the light intensity using
Mode 41.

7-34 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.1.31 KB70A Board (Key Board)

(1) Open the keyboard part and loosen 8 screws


①.

(2) Pull out the keyboard cover upward.


(3) Loosen the fixing screws, disconnect the


connectors and then remove the board.

7.1.32 Card Reader


(Preparation)
■ Remove the keyboard cover.

(1) Loosen 2 screws of the rear side of the


keyboard unit ③ .

(2) Disconnect the connector of the KB70A board


and then remove the card reader.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-35


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.2 Adjustment (Usage of Mechanical Adjustment Mode)

IMPORTANT: Set expendables (mixing cups / tips) again after performing the mechanical
adjustment/mechanical test.
The starting position of the expendables might be changed.

How to enter the mechanical adjustment mode


(1) Turn on the power while connecting the incubator cable to the analyzer.
(Covers can be removed during the adjustment mode except for the filter adjustment.)
(2) [MODE] [0] [ENTER] > password [753674] [ENTER] > Select [RUN] and [ENTER]
(3) [MODE] > [116] > [ENTER]
(4) Use the cursor keys (<, >) to select an adjustment menu.
(For example, press the ">" key 3 times to select [4. Spl disk].
To move to hierarchical step one above, press the STOP key.
(To save the adjustment data after the adjustment is completed, press the SAVE key.)

Common key operation for the adjustment mode


(1) Each time the cursor keys ( ▲ , ▼ ) are pressed in the mechanical adjustment mode, the
adjustment value is changed.
▲: +
▼: -
Each time the cursor key is pressed, the adjustment object moves by one pulse.(The sample disk
exceptionally turns 3 pulses by single press.)
NOTE: Do not press the cursor keys ( ▲ , ▼ ) continuously in a short period of time.The key
processing will be busy and processing malfunction may occur.

(2) Typing an adjustment value from the keyboard can be operated instead of using the ▲ , ▼ keys.
When typing an adjustment value, input a value followed by ENTER and START.
By pressing the START key, the part moves to the new adjusted position after initialization.

(3) After inputting an adjustment value, press the SAVE key to fix the value.
NOTE: Note that a latest adjustment value will not be revised (memorized) when finishing the key
operation by using the STOP key.

(4) The sample keys (A - E) will have specific functions for some adjustments.
(A: Nozzle goes up) : By pressing Sample key A, the nozzle goes up.
(D: Nozzle goes down) : By pressing Sample key D, the nozzle goes down.
For some adjustment operations, Sample key C has specific functions. (The LCD message will
not instruct this function.)

7-36 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.2.1 Incubator
(Special tools for the adjustment)

Read position checking tool Transfer check tool


(890F10030) (890F10028)

--- Operating Procedures ---


7.2.1.1 Read position
(1) Select [1. Incubator] and press the ENTER key.
(2) Select [1. Read position] and press the ENTER
key.
(3) Press the START key. (The incubator unit turns
to the adjustment position.)
* Remove the upper incubator.
(4) Set the incubator read position checking tool on
the reading position to check and adjust.

Use the cursor keys ( ▲ , ▼ ) to adjust.

How to select a cell for checking as follows:


Sample A key: Cell 0
Sample B key: Cell 3
Sample C key: Cell 6
Sample D key: Cell 9
Sample E key: Cell 12

(5) After completing adjustments, REMOVE the


special tool and press the SAVE key.

7.2.1.2 Insert position


(1) Select [2. Insert position] and press the ENTER
key.

(2) Press the START key. (The incubator unit turns


to the adjustment position.)
* Open the tip eject part.

(3) Set the transfer checking tool on the incubator


insert position. Adjust the incubator aligning to
the tip eject part as the special tool moves
smoothly.

Use the cursor keys ( ▲ , ▼ ) to adjust.


(4) After completing the adjustment, REMOVE the
special tool and press the SAVE key.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-37


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.2.2 Slide Transfer


(Special tool for the adjustment)

--- Operating Procedures ---


7.2.2.1 Spotting position
(1) Select [2. Slide feed] and press the ENTER key.
(2) Select [1. Spot position] and press the ENTER
key.
Transfer bar adjustment tool (3) Press the START key. (The slide transfer lever
(890F10033) moves to the adjustment position.)
* Remove the spotting part cover.

(4) Place the special tool pressing rightward on the


transfer change unit.
Adjust the top of the transfer bar aligning with
the mark-off line of the special tool.
Adjust the position using the cursor key ( ▲ , ▼
Align the top of the ). Check the transfer bar position again by
transfer bar pressing the STARTkey after the adjustment.
with the mark-off line.
NOTE: For the analyzer without PM unit, the
adjustment value may remain zero.
NOTE: The change of this adjustment effects to
adjustments relating to the spotting
position as follows. Review each
adjustment again.
CM spotting position (M116 ->7 ->2)
PM spotting position (M116 ->7 ->3)
Reference fluid spotting position (M116
->7 ->5)

(5) After completing the adjustment, REMOVE the


special tool and press the SAVE key.
Place the tool pressing
rightward. 7.2.2.2 Insert position
(1) Select [2. Insert position] and press the ENTER
key.

(2) Press the START key. (The incubator unit turns


to the adjustment position.)
* Remove the upper incubator and open the tip
eject part.
(3) Set the transfer checking tool on the incubator
insert position and adjust the center of the
special tool's hole aligning with the center of the
lower incubator hole.

Use the cursor keys ( ▲ , ▼ ) to adjust.


(4) After completing the adjustment, REMOVE the
special tool and press the SAVE key.

7-38 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.2.3 Transfer Change

(Special tool for the adjustment)

--- Operating Procedures ---


7.2.3.1 Insert position
Transfer check tool
(890F10028) (1) Select [3. Trans chg] and press the ENTER key.
(2) Select [1. Insert position] and press the ENTER
key.
(3) Press the START key. (The transfer change unit
moves to the adjustment position.)
* Remove the spotting part cover and open the
tip eject part.

(4) Align the transfer change unit to the tip eject


part.

Use the cursor keys ( ▲ , ▼ ) to adjust.

NOTE: For the analyzer without PM unit, the


adjustment value may remain zero.
NOTE: The change of this adjustment effects to
all adjustments relating to the spotting
position.

(5) After completing the adjustment, REMOVE the


special tool and press the SAVE key.

7.2.3.2 PM test position


(1) Select [2. PM test position] and press the
ENTER key.

(2) Press the START key. (The unit moves to the


adjustment position.)

(3) Press Sample key A to lift up the PM block.

(4) Adjust the PM probes at the centers of the tool's


PM holes by moving the transfer change unit
back and forth.

Use the cursor keys ( ▲ , ▼ ) to adjust.

(5) After completing the adjustment, press the


SAVE key.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-39


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

--- Operating Procedures ---


7.2.3.3 PM transfer height
(1) Select [3. PM trans height] and press the
ENTER key.
(2) Key in a numeric value and then press the
START key
(3) Adjust the height of the PM block.
Block UP Allowable range of the height deference
between the transfer base and the PM block is
within 0.2mm. The PM block should be slightly
lower than the transfer base and also the best
height is very close to the transfer base.
About 0.2mm NOTE: Each time the cursor key " ▲▼ " is
pressed in this mode, the adjustment
object moves by 10 pulses.
NOTE: When inputting from the keyboard, input
a value by a unit of 10
pulses.(Resolution for a pulse is too
small to adjust.)
(4) After completing the adjustment, press the
SAVE key.

7.2.3.4 PM probe height


1) Select [4. PM probe height] and press the
ENTER key.
Probe height check tool
(890F10034) 2) Press the START key.
NOTE: PM probes go up.
Place the tool on the Adjust the probes
base of the transfer between these lines. 3) Place the special tool on the base of the transfer
unit. unit. Adjust the top of each PM probe between
two mark-off lines of the special tool.
Use the cursor keys ( ▲ , ▼ ) to adjust. Then
check the probe height again by pressing the
START key after the adjustment.
First, adjust the height for the far side of 3
probes, and then adjust the near side of 3
Far side probes.
NOTE: Each time the cursor key ( ▲ or ▼ ) is
pressed in this mode, the adjustment
object moves by 10 pulses.
NOTE: The actual adjustments are 150 - 300
pulse.
The height change per pulse for the
range of over 150 pulses is bigger than
Near side
under 150 pulses because of cam
structure.
4) After completing adjustments, REMOVE the
special tool and press the SAVE key.

7-40 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.2.4 Sample Disk


(Special tool for the adjustment)

--- Operating Procedures ---


7.2.4.1 Sample disk slide feed position

(1) Select [4. Sample disk] and press the ENTER


Transfer check tool key.
(890F10028)
(2) Select [1. Slide feed pos] and press the ENTER
key.

(3) Set a slide cartridge on position A of the sample


disk.

(4) Press the START key. (The unit moves to the


adjustment position.)
* Remove the spotting part cover.

(5) Slide the special tool from the spotting part to


the slide cartridge and adjust the position.
(Adjust the position [rotation] as a slide can
slide smoothly.)

Use the cursor keys ( ▲ , ▼ ) to adjust.

(6) After completing the adjustment, REMOVE the


special tool and press the SAVE key.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-41


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.2.5 Tip Eject


(Special tools for the adjustment)
None

--- Operating Procedures ---


7.2.5.1 CM tip eject position

(1) Select [5. Tip eject] and press the ENTER key.
NOTE: Set the tip eject part properly.

(2) Select [1. CM tip eject pos] and press the


ENTER key.

(3) Press the START key. (The unit moves to the


adjustment position.)

(4) Adjust the nozzle (the sampler horizontal


position) not to touch the tip eject part.
(A clearance of 0.2mm between the nozzle and
the tip eject part is necessary.)

Use the cursor keys ( ▲ , ▼ ) to adjust.

(5) After completing the adjustment, press the


SAVE key.
About 0.2mm clearance

7.2.5.2 PM tip eject position

(1) Select [2. PM tip eject pos] and press the


ENTER key.

(2) Perform the adjustment for the reference fluid


nozzle in the same way of the steps 3) - 5) "CM
tip eject position".

7-42 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.2.6 Tip Pickup


(Special tools for the adjustment)
None

--- Operating Procedures ---


7.2.6.1 CM nozzle tip pickup position for tip rack 1
(1) Select [6. Tip pick] and press the ENTER key.

(2) Select [1. Tip rack1] and press the ENTER key.

(3) Set a tip rack without tips on tip rack 1 position


and press the STRAT key. (The sample disk
turns to the adjustment position.)

(4) Check and adjust the following 3 parameters.


(To change the selection of the parameter to be
Nozzle adjusted, use the ENTER key.)
[Spl nozzle]: Tip pickup height of the nozzle
[Spl move]: Tip pickup horizontal position of the
sampler
[Spl disk]: Sample disk rotation
NOTE: Sample key A > Nozzle goes up
Sample key D > Nozzle goes down
Sampler (How to adjust)
Height of the nozzle: Align the center of the O-ring
Disk
with the top of the tip rack by visual observation.
Position of the nozzle: Adjust the nozzle so as to
enter smoothly into the tip setting hole without
Do not touch the tip rack touching the tip rack.

(5) After completing the adjustment, press the


SAVE key.

7.2.6.2 CM nozzle tip pickup position for tip rack 2


(1) Select [2. Tip rack2] and press the ENTER key.
Align the center of the O-ring Perform the adjustment for tip rack 2 in the
with the top of the tip rack. same way of the steps 3) - 5).
(Adjustment for the nozzle height is not
necessary for tip rack 2.)

7.2.6.3 Tip rack line adjustment


Tip rack (1) Select [3. Line adj] and press the ENTER key.
Perform the adjustment in the same way of the steps
3) - 5).

7.2.6.4 Adjustments for the reference fluid nozzle


(1) Perform the adjustment menus (4 - 6) for the
reference nozzle in the same way of the steps
3) - 5).

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-43


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.2.7 Spotting
(Special tools for the adjustment)

Alumite master tip


(890F10032)
Spotting height chec tool
(890F10024)

--- Operating Procedures ---


7.2.7.1 CM spotting height
(1) Select [7. Spot pos] and press the ENTER key.

(2) Set the master tip on the tip rack.


(Into the first hole)

(3) Select [1. CM spot height] and press the


ENTER key. (The nozzle picks up the master
tip.)

(4) Press the START key. (The nozzle moves to the


adjustment position.)
Raise the nozzle by using Sample key A. Set
the spotting height checking tool on the transfer
base and lower the nozzle using Sample key D.
Nozzle
(How to adjust)
Change the height of the nozzle by using the cursor
keys " ▼ ▲ ". Check the electrical contact between
the master tip and the special tool using a circuit
tester.
Adopt the height when the electrical contact changes
from ON to OFF.

NOTE: Do not use [(E: Escape)].


If the E (Escape) key is used, the
renewed value will not be saved by
pressing the SAVE key.

(5) After completing the adjustment, press the


SAVE key.

NOTE: After the unit moves to the home


position, REMOVE the master tip.

7-44 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment
(Special tools for the adjustment)

Alumite master tip


(890F10032)

Spotting position adjustment tool


(890F10025)

--- Operating Procedures ---


7.2.7.2 CM Spotting position

(1) Select [7. Spot pos] and press the ENTER key.

(2) Set the master tip on the tip rack.


(Into the first hole)

(3) Select [2. CM spot position] and press the


ENTER key. (The nozzle picks up the master
tip.)

Sampler (4) Press the START key. (The unit moves to the
adjustment position.)
Raise the nozzle by using Sample key A. Set
the spotting position checking tool so as to
touch the transfer bar and then lower the nozzle
using Sample key D.

(How to adjust)
Adjust the sampler unit (horizontal position) by using
the cursor keys ( ▲▼ ) so as to align the master tip
end with the hole of the special tool.

NOTE: Do not use [(E: Escape)].


If the E (Escape) key is used, the
renewed value will not be saved by
pressing the SAVE key.

(5) After completing the adjustment, press the


SAVE key.

NOTE: After the unit moves to the home


position, REMOVE the master tip.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-45


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment
(Special tools for the adjustment)

Alumite master tip


(890F10032)

Spotting position adjustment tool


(890F10025)

--- Operating Procedures ---


7.2.7.3 PM spotting position
(1) Select [7. Spot pos] and press the ENTER key.

(2) Set the master tip on the tip rack.


(Into the first hole)

(3) Select [3. PM spot position] and press the


ENTER key. (The nozzle picks up the master
tip.)

(4) Press the START key. (The unit moves to the


adjustment position.)
Raise the nozzle by using Sample key A. Set
the spotting position checking tool so as to
Sampler touch the transfer bar and then lower the nozzle
using Sample key D.

(How to adjust)
Adjust 2 parameters of the sampler movement listed
below by using the cursor keys ( ▲ , ▼ ) so as to
align the master tip end with the hole of the special
tool.
(To change the selection of the parameter to be
Trans change adjusted, use the ENTER key.)
[Spl move]: Horizontal position of the sampler
spotting position
[Trans change]: Transfer frame position (backward
and forward)

NOTE: Set the spotting position checking tool


while pushing to the transfer bar.
NOTE: Do not use [(E: Escape)].
If the E (Escape) key is used, the
renewed value will not be saved by
pressing the SAVE key.

(5) After completing the adjustment, press the


SAVE key.

NOTE: After the unit moves to the home


position, REMOVE the master tip.

7-46 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment
(Special tools for the adjustment)

Alumite master tip


(890F10032)

Spotting position adjustment tool Spotting height check tool


(890F10025) (890F10024)

--- Operating Procedures ---


7.2.7.4 Reference fluid spotting height

(1) Select [7. Spot pos] and press the ENTER key.

(2) Set the master tip on the tip rack.


(Into the first hole)

(3) Select [4. Ref spot height] and press the


ENTER key.

(4) Perform the adjustment, following the


adjustment of "CM spotting height".

7.2.7.5 Reference fluid spotting position

(1) Select [7. Spot pos] and press the ENTER key.

(2) Set the master tip on the tip rack.


(Into the first hole)

(3) Select [5. Ref spot position] and press the


ENTER key.

(4) Perform the adjustment, following the


adjustment of "PM spotting position".

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-47


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.2.8 Mixing Cups


(Special tools for the adjustment)

Alumite master tip


(890F10032)
Mixing cups height check tool
(890F10029)

--- Operating Procedures ---


7.2.8.1 Mixing cups base height

(1) Select [8. Mix-cup] and press the ENTER key.

(2) Set the master tip into the first hole of the tip
rack. Set the mixing cups height checking tool
on the position of mixing cup 1 (R).

(3) Select [1. Base height] and press the ENTER


key.
(The nozzle picks up the master tip.)

(4) Press the START key. (The unit moves to the


adjustment position.)
Change the height of the nozzle by using the
cursor keys " ▲ , ▼ ". Check the electrical
contact between the master tip and the special
tool using a circuit tester.
Adopt the height when the electrical contact
changes from ON to OFF.

(5) After completing the adjustment, press the


SAVE key.

NOTE: After the unit moves to the home


position, REMOVE the master tip.

7.2.8.2 Line adjustment of mixing cup base height

(1) Set the master tip.

(2) Select [2. Line adj (height)] and press the


ENTER key.

(3) Perform the adjustment in the same way of the


steps 4) - 5).
(Adjust the height of the 5th hole of the mixing
cups.)

7-48 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment
7.2.8.3 Mixing cups base position

(1) Set the master tip into the first hole of the tip
rack and set a mixing cup on the position of
mixing cup 1 (R).

(2) Select [3. Base position] and press the ENTER


key.
(The nozzle picks up the master tip.)

Spl move (3) Press the START key. (The sample disk turns to
the adjustment position.)

(4) Lower the nozzle to the mixing cup position by


pressing Sample key C.

Spl disk (5) Adjust the master tip end so as to align the hole
of the mixing cup by adjusting 2 parameters
listed below.
(To change the selection of the parameter to be
adjusted, use the ENTER key.)

[Spl move]: Horizontal position of the sampler


[Spl disk]: Sample disk rotation

(6) After completing the adjustment, press the


SAVE key.

NOTE: After the unit moves to the home


position, REMOVE the master tip.

Spl move 7.2.8.4 Line adjustment of mixing cup base


position

(1) Set the master tip.

(2) Select [4. Line adj (position)] and press the


ENTER key.

(3) Perform the adjustment in the same way of the


steps 3) - 6).
Spl disk (Adjust the position of the 5th hole of the mixing
cups.)

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-49


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.2.9 Suction
(Special tools for the adjustment)
Sample rack tool 7000
(Without a diameter adjustment adapter)
(358F1004B)

Sample position adjustment tool


(Common tool for the FDC3500 and the FDC7000)
(890F10017)

Alumite master tip


(890F10032)

--- Operating Procedures ---


7.2.9.1 Sample disk suction height

(1) Select [9. Suc pos] and press the ENTER key.

(2) Set the master tip into the first hole of the tip
rack. Put the sample suction position checking
tool on the PF sample rack and set it on Sample
position A.

(3) Select [1. Spl disk suc height] and press the
ENTER key. (The nozzle picks up the master
tip.)

(4) Press the START key. (The unit moves to the


adjustment position.)

(5) To avoid damaging the special tool, press


Sample key A first to lift the nozzle and press
Sample key C next to rotate the sample disk
and then press Sample key D to lower the
nozzle.

(6) Change the height of the nozzle by using the


cursor keys "▲,▼". Check the electrical contact
between the master tip and the special tool
using a circuit tester.
Adopt the height when the electrical contact
changes from ON to OFF.

(7) After completing the adjustment, press the


SAVE key.

NOTE: After the unit moves to the home


position, REMOVE the master tip.

7-50 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

--- Operating Procedures ---

7.2.9.2 Sample suction position

(1) Set the master tip on the tip rack.

Spl move (2) Select [2. Spl suc position] and press the
ENTER key. (The nozzle picks up the master
tip.)

(3) Press the START key. (The unit moves to the


adjustment position.)

(4) Lift up the nozzle by pressing Sample key C.


Spl disk
(5) Adjust 2 parameters listed below so as to align
the master tip end with the center of the special
tool.
(To change the selection of the parameter to be
adjusted, use the ENTER key.)
[Spl move]: Horizontal position of the sampler
[Spl disk]: Sample disk rotation

(6) After completing the adjustment, press the


SAVE key.

NOTE: After the unit moves to the home


position, REMOVE the master tip.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-51


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment
7.2.9.3 Reference fluid suction height
(Special tools for the adjustment)

Reference fluid suction height check tool


(890F10026)

Alumite master tip


(890F10032)

(1) Set the master tip into the first hole of the tip
rack. Set the special tool into the reference fluid
holder.

(2) Select [3. Ref suc height] and press the ENTER
key. (The nozzle picks up the master tip.)

(3) Press the START key. (The unit moves to the


adjustment position.)

(4) To avoid damaging the special tool, press


Sample key A first to lift the nozzle and press
Sample key C next to rotate the sample disk
and then press Sample key D to lower the
nozzle.

(5) Change the height of the nozzle by using the


cursor keys " ▲ , ▼ ". Check the electrical
contact between the master tip and the special
tool using a circuit tester.
Adopt the height when the electrical contact
changes from ON to OFF.

NOTE: When the adjustment for the back and


forth position is necessary, loosen 2
screws fixing the reference fluid unit on
the sample disk to adjust.

(6) After completing the adjustment, press the


SAVE key.

NOTE: After the unit moves to the home


position, REMOVE the master tip.

Loosen these screws to adjust


the back and forth position.

7-52 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment
7.2.9.4 Reference fluid suction position

--- Operating Procedures ---


(1) Select [9. Suck pos] and press the ENTER key.

(2) Set the master tip into the first hole of the tip
rack. Set the special tool into the reference fluid
holder.

(3) Select [4. Ref suc position] and press the


ENTER key. (The nozzle picks up the master
tip.)

(4) Press the START key. (The unit moves to the


adjustment position.)

(5) Adjust the master tip end so as to align the


center of the special tool by adjusting the
horizontal position of the sampler unit.

NOTE: When the adjustment for the back and


forth position is necessary, loosen 2
screws fixing the reference fluid unit on
the sample disk to adjust.

(6) After completing the adjustment, press the


SAVE key.

NOTE: After the unit moves to the home


position, REMOVE the master tip.

Loosen these screws to adjust


the back and forth position.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-53


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.2.10 PF
(Special tools for the adjustment)

Sample rack tool 7000


(Without a diameter adjustment adapter)
(358F1004B)

PF position check tool


(890F10016)

--- Operating Procedures ---


7.2.10.1 PF suction pad position

NOTE: Remove the PF unit cover.

(1) Select [10. PF] and press the ENTER key.

(2) Select [1. Suc pad position] and press the


ENTER key.

(3) Set the PF position checking tool on the sample


disk.
Any sample positions (A - E) are available to be
set. (The sample disk can be turned by hand to
the adjustment position.)

(4) START key


(The PF arm goes down and the excitation
circuit for the sample disk turns off.)

(5) Lift up the PF arm by pressing Sample key A.


Turn the sample disk by hand to the position
that the special tool locates right below of the
PF arm.

(6) Lower the PF arm by pressing Sample key D


and check the position.

Adjust the suction pad to align the circle (7) Adjust the PF arm length.
on the tool (concentric circle relation). Loosen the hexagon socket head cap screw of
the top of the PF arm and lower the suction pad.
Loosen the hexagon socket head cap screw Adjust the suction pad to align the circle on the
to adjust the PF arm length. special tool.

(8) Tighten the hexagon socket head cap screw.

(9) Press the STOP key to complete the


adjustment.

7-54 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment
(Special tools for the adjustment)

Sample rack tool 7000


(358F1004B)

PF position adjustment tool PF sensor adjustment tool


(890F10027) (890F10031)

--- Operating Procedures ---


7.2.10.2 PF reference height
NOTE: Make sure that the PF reference white
board is clean.
(1) Select [2. Ref height] and press the ENTER key.
(2) Press the START key to start automatic
adjustment.
(3) After completing the adjustment, press the
SAVE key to complete.

7.2.10.3 PF suction position


(1) Select [5. Suc pos] and press the ENTER key.
(2) Set the PF position checking tool on Sample
position A.
(3) Select a sample position by pressing the
sample key where the special tool is set and
then press the START key to start automatic
adjustment.
(4) After completing the adjustment, press the
SAVE key.
(5) Perform the adjustments for the sample
positions (B - E) in the same way.

7.2.10.4 PF suction height


(1) Select [6. Suc height] and press the ENTER
key.
(2) Set the PF height checking tool into Sample
position A.
(3) Select a sample position by pressing the
sample key where the special tool is set and
then press the START key to start automatic
adjustment.
(4) After completing the adjustment, press the
SAVE key.
(5) Perform the adjustments for the sample
positions (B - E) in the same way.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 7-55


7. Disassembly / Reassembly and Adjustment

7.2.11 Filter
(Special tools for the adjustment)
None

--- Operating Procedures ---


NOTE: Clean the reference white/black plate
and the photometric head.

7.2.11.1 Optic axis adjustment


(1) Select [11. Filter] and press the ENTER key.

(2) Select [1. Optic axis adjust] and press the


ENTER key.

(3) Press the START key to start automatic


adjustment.

(4) After completing the adjustment, press the


SAVE key to complete.

7.2.11.2 Deteriorate level setting

(1) Select [11. Filter] and press the ENTER key.

(2) Select [2. Deteriorate level] and press the


ENTER key.

(3) Press the START key to start automatic


adjustment.

(4) After completing the adjustment, press the


SAVE key to complete.

7-56 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


8. Checking and Adjustment

8. Checking and Adjustment


8.1 Usage of Mechanical Test Mode

IMPORTANT: Set expendables (mixing cups / tips) again after performing the mechanical
adjustment/mechanical test.
The starting position of the expendables might be changed.

How to enter the mechanical test mode:

(1) Turn on the power switch while pressing the 3 key.


(The analyzer will start up without checking the temperature control and the light intensity.)
NOTE: Especially for the filter check, it is necessary to start up the analyzer in this mode (light
intensity check skip).

(2) [MODE] [0] [ENTER] > password [753674] [ENTER] > Select [SET] and [ENTER]

(3) [MODE] > [115] > [ENTER]

(4) To select a test menu, use the cursor keys (<, >).
(For example, press the ">" key for 3 times to select [4. Slide].
To move one hierarchical step above, press the STOP key.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 8-1


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.1.1 Sensor
8.1.1.1 Tip sensor

(a) Select [1. Sensor] and press the ENTER key.

(b) Select [1. Tip sensor] and press the ENTER


key.

(c) Set 2 tips on the tip rack 1.

(d) [START] key


The tip ejection/pickup operation starts, and
the result will be printed out.

Printout example)
(e) Press the STOP key to quit.

Tip detected:
Normal
<Detection logic>
◆ Detecting tip pickup:
The analyzer turns on the LED to adjust the output
to 1[v] by controlling DAC.
Tip detected: The analyzer records this sensor output as V1 and
records the sensor output after picking up a tip as
Normal
V2.
If V2 < V1 x 0.7, the analyzer determines there is a
tip on the nozzle.
Tip detected: ◆ Detecting the tip ejection:
Turn on the LED to adjust the output to 1[v] by
Normal
controlling DAC.
The analyzer records this sensor output as V1 and
records the sensor output after ejecting a tip as V2.
If V2 > V1 x 1.5, the analyzer determines there is a
tip on the nozzle.

8-2 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.1.1.2 Rack sensor

(a) Select [1. Sensor] and press the ENTER key.

(2) Select [2. Rack sensor] and press the ENTER


key.

(c) Set a sample rack on the sample disk.

(d) START key


The analyzer will check the sample rack
existence on the sample position A to E, and
the results will be printed out.
Printout example)

Sample position and rack type (Type descriptions are listed below.)

Measured value printouts: The silver part is detected.


Measured value printouts: The black part is detected.

<Detection logic>
◆ Environmental light intensity check:
Rack LED LED LED LED The analyzer turns off the LED of the sensors
Type
No. 1 2 3 4 and measures each output of the sensors V[0]
- V[3].
0 No rack N N N N
If the difference (between the maximum and
16 x 100 the minimum) of V[0] - V[3] is over 980[mV],
1 Y N N N the analyzer determines [environmental light
sample tube
intensity error].
13 x 100
2 N Y N N
sample tube
◆ Rack No. detection:
13 x 75 sample The analyzer turns on the LED of the sensors
3 Y Y N N
tube and measures each output of the sensors V[0]
- V[3].
1.5 ml sample
4 N N Y N If the difference (between the maximum and
tube
the minimum) of V[0] - V[3] is less than
0.5ml sample 980[mV], the analyzer determines [No rack].
5 Y N Y N If the difference of V[0] - V[3] is over 980[mV],
tube
the analyzer determines the center value of
6 PF N Y Y N the maximum and the minimum as the
7 Spare threshold. If a measured value is less than the
threshold, the analyzer determines silver part
8 2ml cup N N N Y detected. If a measured value is over the
threshold, the analyzer determines no silver
NOTE: Y: Silver part is detected. part detected.
N: Silver part is not detected.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 8-3


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.1.1.3 HP (home position) sensor


(a) Select [1. Sensor] and press the ENTER key.

(b) Select [3. HP sensor] and press the ENTER


key.

(c) START key


The current sensor condition is indicated on
the LCD.

Example of LCD indication) NOTE: Pressing the START key brings the
information of the current sensor
condition up to date.

<Description>
:The sensor detects the interrupter.
[0]
:The sensor does not detect the interrupter.
[1]
[X]:Not in use

Sensor names for the distributed number

No. Name No. Name


1 Slide ejection motor HP 21 Slide insertion sensor
2 Probe motor HP 22 PF suction pad motor HP
3 Filter motor HP 23 Not in use
4 Mixing cup detecting sensor 24 Slide disposal box sensor
5 Sampler vertical motor 1 HP 25 Transfer change motor HP
6 Sampler motor HP 26 Sample disk motor HP
7 Incubator motor HP 27 Slide transfer motor HP
8 Sampler vertical motor 2 HP 28 Not in use
9 Syringe motor HP 29 Not in use
Incubator upper block thermistor
10 30 Not in use
disconnection
11 Not in use 31 Not in use
12 Not in use 32 Not in use
13 Not in use 33 Not in use
14 Not in use 34 Not in use
15 Not in use 35 Not in use
16 Not in use 36 Not in use

8-4 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.1.2 Interference Filter


8.1.2.1 Rotation test

(a) Select [2. Filter] and press the ENTER key.

(b) Select [1. Rotation test] and press the ENTER


key.

(c) Select a wavelength by using the cursor keys (


▲▼ ).

(d) Press the START key.


The filter wheel rotates to the selected
wavelength filter.

(e) Press the STOP key to quit.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 8-5


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.1.2.2 Gain setting check

(a) Select [2. Filter] and press the ENTER key.

(b) Select [2. Gain setting check] and press the


ENTER key.

(c) Press the START key.


The gain setting check process will start and
the result will be printed out.

(d) Press the STOP key to quit.



<Details>
1) ① : The reference white plate's reading at the wavelength with gain = 1 (A/D value)

2) ② : The reference white/black plate's readings at the wavelength after the gain setting (A/D value)
How to calculate the gain value)
Gain=dynamic target value / reference white plate's reading (A/D) = 28000 / reference white
plate's reading (A/D)
NOTE: The difference between the gain calculated by the above formula and the gain printed out
by the analyzer is due to conversion error by DAC.

3) ③ :The reference white plate's reading (voltage)


How to calculate:
Voltage = reference white plate's reading (A/D) / ADC resolution x ADC reference voltage =
reference white plate's reading (A/D) / 32768 x 2500 [mV]

8-6 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.1.2.3 Deterioration check of the interference filter

(a) Select [2. Filter] and press the ENTER key.

(b) Select [3. Deterioration check] and press the


ENTER key.

(c) Press the START key.


Deterioration check of the filter is performed
and the result will be printed out.


② (d) Press the STOP key to quit.

<Details>
1) ① : The reference white plate's reading at the wavelength with gain = 1 (A/D value)
2) ② : Initial setting ratio of light intensity
3) ③ : Current ratio of light intensity
How to calculate ratio of light intensity:
Ratio of light intensity = the reference white plate's reading at a wavelength / sum of the reference
white plate's reading of each wavelength
4) ④ : Fluctuation ratio of light intensity : Fluctuation ratio between initial settings and current data
How to calculate fluctuation ratio:
Fluctuation ratio [%] = (current light intensity ratio - initial ratio of light intensity) / current light
intensity ratio

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 8-7


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.1.3 Sampler
8.1.3.1 Leak check

(a) Select [3. Sampler] and press the ENTER key.

(b) Select [1. Leak check] and press the ENTER


key.

(c) Put the leak check tool (clogged) on sample


rack 1.

Printout example)

(d) Select a nozzle for checking from the menu


and press the ENTER key.
The leak check process starts and the result
will be printed out.

(e) Press the STOP key to quit.

<Leak check logic>


(1) Pressure check of the initial condition (for clogging check in piping system)
The analyzer measures the pressures before syringe operation.
Either the + or - pressure is 3.0 [V] or more, the analyzer determines clogging error.
(2) Pressure check after the initial operation of the syringe (for clogging check in piping system)
The syringe moves to the home position (maximum aspiration position). The analyzer measures
the + and - pressures.
Either the + or - pressure is 3.0 [V] or more, the analyzer determines clogging error.
(3) Pressure check after the syringe's dispensing operation (clogging check in piping system)
The syringe performs dispensing operation (dispensing 50 uL). The analyzer measures the + and
- pressures.
Either the + or - pressure is 3.0 [V] or more, the analyzer determines clogging error.
(4) Decompression check
After the initial operation of the syringe, the analyzer (nozzle) picks up a tip (leak check tool) and
decompresses to the predetermined pressure.
If the pressure dose not reach under 1.0[V] after decompressing 9 times, the analyzer
determines error. (The volume of one decompression step is 3uL.)
(5) Compression check (Leak check)
After the initial operation of the syringe, the analyzer (nozzle) picks up a tip (leak check tool) and
compresses to the predetermined pressure.
If the pressure is less than 4.0 [V] after compressing 9 times, the analyzer determines error. (The
volume of one compression step is 3 uL.)
(6) Leak check
After the pressure reaches the predetermined value, the analyzer monitors the pressure for 10
seconds. After 10 seconds, the analyzer will judge the measured pressure.
If [the pressure after compressing - the pressure 10 seconds later] exceeds 0.8 [V], the analyzer
determines error.

8-8 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.1.4 Slide
8.1.4.1 Transfer test
(a) Select [4. Slide] and press the ENTER key.

(b) Select [1. Slide feed] and press the ENTER


key.

(c) Set 6 slides each in the slide cartridges (A - E).

(d) START key


The slides in the slide cartridges (A - E) are
transferred in order.

NOTE: The analyzer does not perform


identification of slide lot and test menu
during this operation.

NOTE: Using slide A and slide C is effective for


checking slide transfer.
◆ 890F10006: Slide A (maximum size slide)
◆ 890F10007: Slide C (minmum size slide)

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 8-9


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.1.5 PF
8.1.5.1 PF Leak check

(a) Select [5. PF] and press the ENTER key.

(b) Select [1. Leak check] and press the ENTER


key.

(c) Set a PF leak check tool into sample rack A.


(890H10036)
NOTE: Pressing the sample keys (A - E) selects
the sample position.

Printout example)

(d) START key


The leak check starts and the result will be
printed out.


③ (e) Press the STOP key to quit.

<Leak check logic>


NOTE: Although the actual pressure operation is decompressed, the following explanation is
described in compressing operation for convenience.
(1) ① Time until reaching 30mmHg from the start of compressing
If the pressure does not reach the predetermined pressure after 15 seconds, the analyzer
determines error.
(2) ② Time until reaching 140mmHg from the start of compressing
The analyzer determines error if the pressure does not reach the predetermined pressure after 15
seconds from the start or after 8 seconds from the 30 mmHg establishment.
(3) ③ Pressure after reaching the predetermined pressure
The analyzer stops the compressing process after the pressure reaches 140mmHg and prints out
the pressure immediately.
(4) ④ Leak pressure
Leak pressure (60 seconds after the analyzer stopped the compressing process)
(5) ⑤ Leak judgment
When the leak of ④ is exceeds 80mmHg, the analyzer determines error.

8-10 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.1.5.2 Filtering check


(a) Select [5. PF] and press the ENTER key.

(b) Select [2. Sample filtering test] and press the


ENTER key.

(c) Set a sample and a PF cartridge into sample


position A.
NOTE: Pressing the sample keys (A - E) selects
the sample position.

(d) START key


The analyzer start filtering process using PF.

(e) Press the STOP key to quit.

8.1.5.3 PF suction pad position check


(a) Select [5. PF] and press the ENTER key.

(b) Select [3. Docking pos check] and press the


ENTER key.

(c) Set a PF cartridge into sample position A.


NOTE: Pressing the sample keys (A - E) selects
the sample position.

(d) START key


PF suction pad moves to the docking position.

(e) Press the STOP key to quit.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 8-11


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.1.5.4 Sample level detection sensor


(a) Select [5. PF] and press the ENTER key.

(b) Select [4. Sample sensor] and press the


ENTER key.

(c) START key


Place the white part of the slide under the PF
suction pad. The sensor output on the LCD will
vary according to the distance between the
sensor and the slide.

(d) Press the STOP key to quit.

8-12 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.1.6 Lot Identification

8.1.6.1 Reading position check


(a) Select [6.Lot read] and press the ENTER key.

(b) Select [1. Read position check] and press the


ENTER key.

(c) Set the checking tool cartridges into all sample


positions (A - E).

CCD position check tool


(890F10035)

(d) START key


Lot identification operation starts and the
results will be printed out.
Printout example)




<Details>
1) ① Error information of the lot identification:
If the analyzer cannot detect the slide (for example, cartridges are not loaded), the message
"ERR: No slide found" will be printed out.

2) ② Detected slide edge position

3) ③ Detected horizontal bar position


OK (acceptable range): 109 - 175

4) ④ Detected vertical bar position


OK (acceptable range): 128 - 199

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 8-13


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.1.6.2 Reading test


(a) Select [6.Lot read] and press the ENTER key.

(b) Select [2. Read test] and press the ENTER


key.

(c) Load SD slides into the slide cartridge and set


into all sample positions (A - E).

(d) START key


Lot identification operation starts and the
results will be printed out.

Printout example)
(e) Press the STOP key to quit.


<Details>
1) ① Error information:
ERR:----- Slide identification successfully completed
ERR: No slide found The analyzer cannot detect slides.
ERR: Dot detect The analyzer cannot detect normal format of dots.
ERR: Slide lot parity The analyzer could detect normal format of dots successfully, but the
parity errors for the slide code and the lot code occurred.
ERR: Slide code parity The analyzer could detect normal format of dots successfully, but the
parity error for the slide code occurred.
ERR: Lot data parity The analyzer could detect normal format of dots successfully, but the
parity error of the lot code occurred.

2) ② Reading results
S: Slide code
L: Lot code
D: Direction of the reading (0: Normal direction, 1: Reverse direction of PM slide transfer)

8-14 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.1.6.3 Continuous reading test

(a) Select [6.Lot read] and press the ENTER key.

(b) Select [3. Read test (cont)] and press the


ENTER key.

(c) Load SD slides into the slide cartridge and set


into sample position A.

(d) START key


Lot identification operation starts and the
results will be printed out.

The analyzer reads the slide information on


cartridge A and will transfer the slide after the
reading completed. All slides placed on the
cartridge will be read and transferred.

(e) Press the STOP key to quit.

NOTE: Refer to the "(2) Reading test" for the


printout example.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 8-15


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.1.7 Printer
8.1.7.1 Printer test
(a) Select [7. Printer] and press the ENTER key.

(b) START key


A sample printout (test pattern) will be printed
out.

Printout example)

(c) Press the STOP key to quit.

8-16 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.1.8 Motor
8.1.8.1 Rotation test
(a) Select [8. Motor] and press the ENTER key.

NOTE: Pressing the START key performs the


rotation for the motor displayed on the
Select a motor using the " ▲▼ "keys. LCD.
A test menu that the cursor is blinking
can be selected using the " ▲▼ " keys.
To change the selection of Motor/Move,
use the ENTER key.

(b) How to select a motor:


Select a motor to be tested using the " ▲▼ "
keys and press the ENTER key.

Example) When selecting the sampler nozzle

Select a rotation function using the " ▲▼ "keys.

(c) How to select a rotation function:


Select a rotation function using the "▲▼" keys
and press the ENTER key.

Example) HP return

IMPORTANT: Make sure that the movement


d o e s n ot i n t e r f e r e o th er par ts w h e n
executing the "Move" menu
Press the START key to start rotation. (predetermined pulses rotation).

(d) Pressing the START key starts rotation for the


selected motor.

(e) Press the STOP key to quit.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 8-17


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.1.9 Sample BCR (bar-code reader)


8.1.9.1 Reading test

NOTE: Turn on the analyzer after connecting the


sample bar-code reader (BCR) [an
optional accessory] to the analyzer.
If the sample BCR is connected after the
analyzer is turned on, the sample BCR
does not work normally.

(a) Select [9. BCR] and press the ENTER key.

The red LED of the sample BCR turns on.

(b) Read a bar-code.

The read data will be displayed on the LCD.

(c) Press the STOP key to quit.

8-18 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.2 Other Checking and Adjustments


8.2.1 Sample Disk Height Adjustment

Adjust to 0. (1) Calibration of the testing tool


While setting the dial gauge on flat base as
Outer ring shown in the left, turn the outer ring of the dial
gauge to set the pointer to 0.

Base
(2) How to set the dial gauge on the analyzer:
Set the gauge as shown in the left.

(3) Measurement
Measure the height Measure the heights (5 points) of the slide
of the slide cartridge cartridge positions (A - E).
Set on the guide plate. setting position. Make sure that the heights are within the range
between -0.2mm and +0.4mm.

NOTE: How to adjust the height (in case of out


of the range)
Adjust the screw indicated in the left
photo (circled) using a flat head
screwdriver.
Turning 90 degree changes the height
by 1 notch.
One notch is approximately 0.07mm.
Clockwise: + (up)
Counterclockwise: - (down)

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 8-19


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.3 Voltage Inspection


8.3.1 Voltage Check of the CP70A Board

CF Card
S2
S3
S4
TP6 CPU
TP2 TP4 GND TP7

CP70A board
TP1
D8(3.3V)
D6(V-)
D5(V+)
D7(VCC)
D10(-5V)
8.3.1.1 Checking LED lighting
Check all LEDs (D5, D6, D7, D8, D10) on the CP70A
board lighting when the power is on.

NOTE: If the LEDs are not turned on, it indicates


the CP70A board does not work
normally.Check the voltages of the
power supply and the CP70A board.

8.3.1.2 Voltage check


Measure voltages at the test points (TP) using a
circuit tester when the power is on.

Test point Normal range


TP1 - TP6 +22 to +25V
TP2 - TP6 +5 ± 0.25V
TP4 - TP6 +15 ± 1V
TP7 - TP6 -15 ± 1V

8-20 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.3.2 Voltage Check of the DR70A Board

D5(3.3V)

S6

CPU CPU

S3 S5

D1(V+)
D3(V-)
D4(VCC)

DR70A board

TP1 TP3 TP5 TP6


GND
8.3.2.1 Checking LED lighting
Check all LEDs (D1, D3, D4, D5) on the DR70A
board lighting when the power is on.

NOTE: If the LEDs are not turned on, it indicates


the DR70A board does not work
normally.Check the voltages of the
power supply and the DR70A board.

8.3.2.2 Voltage check


Measure voltages at the test points (TP) using a
circuit tester when the power is on.

Test point Normal range


TP1 - TP5 +5 ± 0.25V
TP3 - TP5 +15 ± 1V
TP6 - TP5 -15 ± 1V

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 8-21


8. Checking and Adjustment

8.3.3 Voltage Check of the Power Supply


8.3.3.1 Checking power voltages
Measure voltages at the pins of the connectors on
the condition of the connectors (CN1, CN2, CN5)
unplugged.
< CN1 >
・+5V:Pin1 - Pin3
CN2 ・+15V:Pin5 - Pin6
6 ・-15V:Pin7 - Pin6
< CN2 >
1 ・+5V:Pin1 - Pin2
8
CN5 ・+24V:Pin3 - Pin5
6 12 ・+24V:Pin4 - Pin6
1 4 1 4 < CN5 >
1 1 7 ・+24V:Pin1 - Pin7
CN1 CNT LAMP ・+24V:Pin2 - Pin8
(CN3) (CN4)
・+24V:Pin3 - Pin9
・+5V:Pin4 - Pin10
Power supply ・+15V:Pin5 - Pin11
・-15V:Pin6 - Pin11

8.3.3.2 Checking lamp power voltage


Con- Pin Signal Con- Pin Signal
nector No. nector No. 1) Turn on the power and wait until the lamp is
CN1 1 +5V CN5 1 +24V
turned on.
2 2 +24V
3 LGND 3 +24V 2) Measure the voltage between pin1 and pin4 of
the CN4 after unplugging the CN4 connector.
4 4 +5V
5 +15V 5 +15V
6 AGND 6 -15V [Normal range] 5.85 - 6.15 (V)
7 -15V 7 DGND
8 FGND 8 DGND
CN2 1 +5V 9 DGND
2 DGND 10 LGND
3 +24V 11 AGND
4 +24V 12 LGND
5 DGND
6 DGND
CN4 1 +6V
2
3 LGND
4

8-22 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9. Troubleshooting
9.1 Reviewing Error Logs
The analyzer records a maximum of 100 movement logs.
The analyzer is able to print out the recorded movement logs in order from the latest by using Mode
49.

[Keyboard operation]
[MODE] > [4] > [9] > [ENTER]

NOTE: To stop the printing in midcourse, press the STOP key.


NOTE: The error message is abbreviated to 2 lines.

Example of the LCD display and printing: Date & time of


the error event


Error code 


message





Time when the


power is turned
on

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-1


9. Troubleshooting

9.2 Error Lists


(1) Errors / Warnings related to test results

Printout
Description
message
H Testing value exceeds the upper limit of the preset reference interval.
L Testing value falls below the lower limit of the preset reference interval.
> Testing value exceeds the upper limit of the determination range.
< Testing value falls below the lower limit of the determination range.
Testing value is outside of the determination range and in the qualitative range.
@
IMPORTANT: Testing value might be incorrect. Rerun the test.
Temperature control error
+, -, $ IMPORTANT: Testing value might be incorrect. Refer to the related troubleshooting
pages and rerun the test.
Fluctuation of light source intensity
*,? IMPORTANT: Testing value might be incorrect. Refer to the related troubleshooting
pages and rerun the test.
Unable to calculate the test result due to the transfer error or abnormal readout of
E
the photometer.
Abnormal high testing value. The glucose concentration of the sample is too high in
&
CRP test.
The validity term of the slide has expired.
For immuno-chemical tests, the validity term of the slide or the validity term of the
# calibration has expired.
IMPORTANT: Testing value might be incorrect. Refer to the related troubleshooting
pages and rerun the test.

¥ Abnormal sampling onto the immuno-chemical slides (un-spotted).


+OR Testing value of the PM test exceeds the upper limit of the determination range.
-OR Testing value of the PM test falls below the lower limit of the determination range.
Errors related to PM test results
( “x” indicates the numeric number from 0 to 8.)
ERR = xxx
IMPORTANT: Testing value might be incorrect. Refer to the related troubleshooting
pages and rerun the test.

9-2 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

(2) Warnings

Code Description
W030 Low light intensity
Read slide bar-code information does not correspond to the
W040
specimen type setting of the analyzer.
W060 Insufficient sample
W061 Insufficient calibrator
W070 Interference filter malfunction

W09 * Data communication error

W110 - 1 Errors related to tip pickup


W115 - 6 Errors related to tip ejection
W120 Errors related to tip ejection
W0131 Errors related to PF
W140 PM slide is loaded in incorrect direction.
W142 Insufficient reference fluid
W151 - 3 Errors related to mixing cups
W161 Insufficient diluent
W170 No QC card has been read.
W173 Errors related to slide identification
W180 No calibration has been performed for immuno-chemical test.
A slide that does not require calibration is detected during the
W190 - 1
calibration mode.

W20 * Errors related to the sample bar-code reader

W30 * Errors related to the ticket printer

W1520 - 1 Errors related to environmental temperature

NOTE: “ * ” means given value.

(3) Errors
FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-3
9. Troubleshooting

Code Descriptions
E035 Errors related to photometer
E036 Errors related to the reference black plate readings
E050 Burned-out light source lamp

E0110 - E011 * Suction error during the sample pre-aspiration process

E0120 Failed to detect sample surface


E0121 - 2 Suction error during the diluent aspiration process
E0123 Failed to detect diluent surface
E0124 - 5 Suction error during the diluent aspiration process
E0127 - 8 Suction error during the reference fluid aspiration process
E0129 Failed to detect reference fluid surface
E0132 - E0135 Errors related to PF
E0136 - 7 No PF card has been read.
E0140 - 6 Sample volume error
E0150 - 5 Errors related to PF sensor
E0200 - 2 Errors related to the slide transfer unit
E0205 - 7 Errors related to the slide eject
E0300 - 2 Gain error
E0400 - 2 Error related to the slide insert / eject
E0500 - 1 Circuit board malfunction
E0510 Circuit board malfunction
E0511 - 2 Errors related to the light intensity
E0530 Circuit board malfunction
E0531 - 2 Errors related to the PM unit
E0540 Errors related to the slide identification
E0600 - 2 Incubator operation error
E0700 - 2 PM unit operation error

9-4 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

Code Descriptions
E0900 - 2 Interference filter operation error
E1000 - 12 Sampler vertical operation error
E1100 - 2 Sampler rotational operation error
E1200 - 2 Syringe operation error
E1300 - 3 Errors related to PF
E1400 - 2 Transfer change motor error

E1500 - E15 ** Temperature control error

E1600 - 3 Sample disk operation error


E5100 Printer error

E50 ** Circuit board signal error

EFF ** Calculation error

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-5


9. Troubleshooting

9.3 Troubleshooting Guide


9.3.1 Code: H, L, >, <, @ (Indicated on test results)
Summary:
High value, low value or reference interval.
Testing values are outside of the preset reference intervals that were set by Mode39.
Or, testing values are in / out of the qualitative range. Refer to the table as shown below.

Printout Examples:

9-6 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

< Warning indications for CM tests >

Out of determination range: @ Out of determination range: <


Indication <, > or = Indication <, > or =
Outside of
qualitative > >
range
Qualitative
@ = @ =
range
Outside of
reference H = H =
interval
Measuring
range Reference
= =
(Determina- interval
tion range)
Outside of
reference L = L =
interval
Qualitative
@ =
range
Outside of <
qualitative @ =
range

< Warning indications for PM tests >

Out of determination range: @ Out of determination range: <


Indication <, > or = Indication <, > or =
Outside of
qualitative > >
range
Outside of
reference H = H =
interval
Measuring
range Reference
= =
(Determina- interval
tion range)
Outside of
reference L = L =
interval
Qualitative
@ =
range
Outside of <
qualitative @ =
range

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-7


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.2 Code: $ (Indicated on test results)


Summary:
Thermistor disconnection
Movement after Error:
Testing is continued.
Recovery:
Unnecessary
Possible Causes:
1. The thermistor in the incubator is disconnected.

Printout Example:

Check Points:
◆ Measuring the resistance of the thermistor: Open the rear panel and measure the resistance.
◆ Access to the thermistor: In the upper incubator

(Check1) Measure the resistance of the thermistor: Refer to Section E1502.


(Check2) Check the thermistor: Refer to Section E1502.
(Check3) Unplug and then plug in the incubator connector again.
Restart the analyzer.

9-8 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.3 Code: + (Indicated on test results)


Summary:
Incubator temperature has exceeded the upper limit of the range.
Movement after Error:
Testing is continued.
Recovery:
Unnecessary
Possible Causes:
1. Room temperature is high.
2. Loose connection caused by the incubator cable disconnection and others.

Printout Example:

Check Points:
◆ To check the incubator cable connection: Open the rear panel and measure the resistance of the
incubator cable.
◆ Access to the incubator cable: In the upper incubator
(Check1) Measure the resistance of the thermistor:Refer to Section 9.3.106 "Code: E1502".
(Check2) Check the room temperature: Use Mode 103 to display the room temperature that the analyzer
is recognizing.
(Check3) Unplug and then plug in the incubator connector again.
Restart the analyzer.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-9


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.4 Code: - (Indicated on test results)


Summary:
Incubator temperature has fallen below the lower limit of the range.
Movement after Error:
Testing is continued.
Recovery:
Unnecessary
Possible Causes:
1. Incubator cable disconnection.
2. Room temperature is low (out of the specification).

Printout Example:

Check Points:
◆ To check the incubator cable connection: Open the rear panel and measure the resistance.
◆ Access to the incubator cable: In the upper incubator

(Check1) Measure the resistance of the thermistor: Refer to Section 9.3.106 "Code: E1502".
(Check2) Check the room temperature: Use Mode 103 to display the room temperature that the analyzer
is recognizing.
(Check3) Unplug and then plug in the incubator connector again.
Restart the analyzer.

9-10 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.5 Code: * (Indicated on test results)


Summary:
Reference White Plate (RWP) reading has changed more than 200 from the previous reading.
Movement after Error:
Testing is continued.
Recovery:
Unnecessary
Possible Causes:
1. Lamp life expired or lamp mounting failure
2. RWP mounting failure
3. Step out of the incubator rotation
4. Malfunction of the power supply
5. Malfunction of the LHA-AMP board
6. Malfunction of the CP70A board

Printout Example:

Check Points:
◆ Access to the light source lamp: Open the light source cover.
◆ Access to the RWP: Remove the incubator block and then the RBP/RWP ASSY.

(Check1) Check the cumulative illumination time of the lamp using Mode 23.
(Check2) Check the lamp unit and the interference filter. (Proper mounting, no loose screws, no stain, no
dust)
(Check3) Check the RBP/RWP and the photometer head. (Proper mounting, no loose screws, no stains,
no dust)
(Check4) Check the lamp voltage is within the acceptable range. Refer to Section 8.3.3 "Voltage Check of
the Power Supply".

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-11


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.6 Code: ? (Indicated on test results)


Summary:
RWP reading is outside of the range
RWP reading is outside of the range (25800-30200) during testing.

Movement after Error:


Testing is continued.
Recovery:
Unnecessary
Possible Causes:
1. Degraded light source.
2. Malfunction of light source (lenses, filters).
3. Malfunction of the RWP
4. Malfunction of the power supply
5. Defective fiber cable
6. Malfunction of the LHA-AMP board
7. Malfunction of the CP70A board
8. Step out of the incubator rotation

Printout Example:

Check Points:
◆ Access to the light source lamp: Open the light source cover.
◆ Access to the RWP: Remove the incubator block and then the RBP/RWP ASSY.

(Check1) Check the cumulative illumination time of the lamp using Mode 23.
(Check2) Check the lamp unit and the interference filter. (Proper mounting, no loose screws, no stain, no
dust)
(Check3) Check the RBP/RWP and the photometer head. (Proper mounting, no loose screws, no stains,
no dust)
(Check4) Check the lamp voltage is within the acceptable range. Refer to Section 8.3.3 "Voltage Check of
the Power Supply".
(Check5) Check the degradation of the fiber cable.
(Check6) Check the LHA-AMP board.
(Check7) Check the CP70AP board.

9-12 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.7 Code: E (Indicated on test results)


Summary:
Abnormal readout of the photometer
1. Readout of the slide is darker than RBP. Or brighter than RWP.
2. RWP readout is darker than RBP readout or an impossible calculation (divided by zero) has
occurred.
3. The photometer stopped the measurement by slide transfer error or discard error.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.
Recovery:
Unnecessary
Possible Causes:
1. The incubator was removed during testing process. (The photometer unit was exposed to a
bright light.)
2. Filled disposal box caused slide jam.
3. Malfunction of the LHA-AMP board
4. Malfunction of the CP70A board

Printout Example:

Check Points:
(Check1) Refer to each section for abnormal readout (EFF01 - EFF0D). Or, check the time course data.
(Check2) Refer to each section for slide transfer errors (E0400 - E0402).

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-13


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.8 Code: & (Indicated on test results)


Summary:
Abnormally high testing value
Abnormal time course

Movement after Error:


Testing is continued.
Recovery:
Unnecessary
Possible Causes:
1. The sample for the immuno-chemical tests may not be diluted during diluting process. The
glucose concentration of the sample is too high in immuno-chemical tests.
2.The testing value is abnormally high in general tests.

Printout Example:

Check Points:
(Check1) Check the sample and perform the test that requires dilution.

9-14 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.9 Code: # (Indicated on test results)


Summary:
The valid term of the slide or the calibration has expired.
The valid term of the slide has expired. For immuno-chemical tests, the valid term of the
calibration has expired.

Movement after Error:


Testing is continued.
Recovery:
Unnecessary
Possible Causes:
1.The valid term of the slide has expired.
2.The valid term of the calibration for immuno-chemical tests has expired.

Printout Example:

Check Points :
(Check1) Check the valid term of the QC card.
(Check2) Check the calibration log (date, valid term) for the immuno-chemical tests. Refer to Mode 61.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-15


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.10 Code: ¥(Indicated on test results)


Summary:
Un-spotted slide
Detected a time course that resulted in the sample not being spotted onto the slide.

Movement after Error:


Testing is continued.
Recovery :
Unnecessary
Possible Causes:
1. Abnormal sample
2. Faulty tip (not waterproofed)
3. Leakage of the syringe or piping system
Printout Example:

Check Points :
(Check1) Check the sample fluid.
(Check2) Perform the leak test using Mode 42.
(Check3) Analyze the time course data.

9-16 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.11 Code: ERR= *** (Indicated on test results)


Summary:
Abnormal PM test results
A self test is performed automatically during and after PM measurements. If any errors are
detected, [E= *** ] will be printed along with the test results.
The 3-digit figures are error codes of Na, K, and CL.

ERR = ***
            Error code for CL
            Error code for K
            Error code for Na
Error codes ( * ) will be displayed with numbers 0-8 and each description is listed below.

Code Details
0 No problem
1 Drift error
2 Impedance error
Outside of the measurement range (This is not an analyzer
3
malfunction.)
4 Drift error and impedance error
5 Impedance error and outside of the measurement range
6 Drift error and outside of the measurement range
Drift error, impedance error, and outside of the measurement
7
range
8 Impossible measurement

(1) Drift error


Summary: Measured voltage fluctuation exceeds the acceptable range.
Description: The analyzer measures the voltage after 30, 45, 60 seconds from starting a PM test.
An analyte concentration is calculated using a measured voltage of 60 seconds. If the voltage
difference between 30 and 45 seconds and the difference between 45 and 60 seconds exceed the
acceptable range, the analyzer indicates "Drift error".

The acceptable range of the drift error [The values in the parentheses are for urine samples.]

Na (mV) K (mV) CL (mV)


Difference between 30 and 45 sec. 0.7(1.5) 1.5(1.5) 2.5(2.5)
Difference between 45 and 60 sec. 0.7(1.5) 1.2(1.5) 2.0(2.5)

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-17


9. Troubleshooting
(2) Impedance error
Summary: Abnormal output impedance of the slide is observed after completing the test
Description: The circuit as shown below is formed when the analyzer is performing the impedance
check.

4U +
8

8U +
4T

2/UNKFG 8T

Current values flowing into Rs and Rr are equal:


( V – Vs ) ⁄ Rs = ( Vr – V ) ⁄ Rr .... (1)
Therefore:
Rs = Rr × ( V – Vs ) ⁄ ( Vr – V ) .... (2)
Where:
Vr = 208 mV
Rr ( Na ) = 10 M Ω ....(3)

Rr ( K ) = 10 M Ω ....(4)

Rr ( CL ) = 100 K Ω ....(5)
Substituting these into the equation (2) gives:
Rs ( Na ) = 10 M Ω × ( V – Vs ) ⁄ ( 208 mV – V )
Rs ( K ) = 10 M Ω × ( V – Vs ) ⁄ ( 208 mV – V )
Rs ( CL ) = 100 K Ω × ( V – Vs ) ⁄ ( 208 mV – V )
Using these formulas, the analyzer calculates the slide impedance.

The analyzer determines as normal if the calculated impedances are between 0.1-fold and 10-fold
of the standard impedance (Na: 10MΩ, K:10MΩ, CL:100kΩ).
In short, acceptable ranges are listed below.
Na, K : 1M - 100M Ω
CL: 10K - 1MΩ
If the calculated impedance is outside of the range, the impedance error is printed on the test
result. (Example: ERR - 222)

Check Points: High impedance results indicate that effective circuit is not formed on the slide.
Sample and/or reference fluid may not be sufficiently dispensed into a slide. Check the following:
- Aspirated fluids (sample and reference fluid) in the tips are almost equal in volume.
- Check the spotting process that each fluid is dispensed into the spotting holes on the slide.
- Replace the O-rings if the analyzer cannot aspirate fluids normally.
- Check the spotting position onto the slide. Adjust it if necessary.

9-18 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

(3) Outside of the measurement range


Summary: Outside of the measurement range of the analyte concentration
The measured value is within the voltage measurement range of the analyzer (+/- 100 mV), but
the calculated analyte concentration is outside of the analyte measurement range.

(4) Impossible measurement


Summary: Outside of the voltage measurement range
The measured voltage is outside of the voltage measurement range (+/-100 mV).

Check Points:
(Check1) Check if the spotting process was performed normally.
(Check2) Aspirated fluids (sample and reference fluid) in the tips are almost equal in volume. Check the
spotting process that each fluid is dispensed into the spotting holes on the slide.
(Check3) The test result may be affected by the coexisting substances in the sample. Dilute the sample
with purified water and rerun the test.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-19


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.12 Code: W030


Error Name:
Light source lamp replacing warning
Printout Example:

Error Description:
RWP readout (400 nm, gain=1) is within 19.8 - 22.1 [mV].

Movement after Error:


Testing is continued after printing the warning information.

Recovery:
Possible Causes:
1. Degraded light source (life end).
2. Degraded interference filter
3. Malfunction of the RWP.
4. Malfunction of the power supply
5. Defective fiber cable
6. Malfunction of the LHA-AMP board
7. Malfunction of the CP70A board
8. Step out of the incubator rotation

Check Points:
◆ Access to the light source lamp: In the lamp house

(Check1) Check the cumulative illumination time of the lamp using Mode 23. Replace the lamp.
(Check2) Clean the lamp unit and the interference filter.
(Check3) Clean the RBP/RWP and the photometer head.
(Check4) Check the lamp voltage is within the acceptable range. (Measure the voltage at the lamp
connector using a circuit tester.) "Voltage Check of the Power Supply"
(Check5) Check the degradation of the fiber cable.
(Check6) Check the LHA-AMP board.
(Check7) Check the CP70A board.

9-20 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.13 Code: W040


Error Name:
Wrong sample type warning
Printout Example:

Error Description:
Read slide code information does not correspond to the specimen type setting of the analyzer.
・W slide (for whole blood) and P slide (for serum, plasma) are set together in a slide cartridge.
・P slides are set on a slide cartridge when the specimen type W is selected in the sample
programming.

Movement after Error:


Sampling for the current sample is interrupted and the test for the next sample will start.

Recovery:
Rerun the test after checking the sample type programmed in the analyzer and the slide type.

Possible Causes:
1. Sample type programming error
2. Slide loading error

Check Points:
(Check1) Check the sample type programmed in the analyzer.
(Check2) Check the slide type on the slide cartridge.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-21


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.14 Code: W060, W061


Error Name:
Insufficient sample, insufficient calibrator
Printout Examples:
Sample position Calibrator position

Error Description:
Although the sample/calibrator surface is detected, but the sampling volume is insufficient to
aspirate. Or during continuous sampling, the sample/calibrator volume became insufficient for the
next sllide.

Movement after Error:


Sampling for the current sample is interrupted and the test for the next sample will start.

Recovery:
Check the sample/calibrator volume. Rerun the test.

Possible Causes:
1. Sample volume is less than the lower limit to aspirate.
2. Clogging of the piping system, or sample surface detecting failure caused by leakage of the
piping system
3. Malfunction of the PRES4 board
4. Improper adjustment (sampling position)
5. Cable disconnection
6. Malfunction of the DR70A board

9-22 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

Check Points:
◆ Access to the PRES4 board: Remove the sampler nozzle cover.

(Check1) Check the sample volume. Check if the sample rack selecting matches the sample tube type.
(Check2) Check clogging of the piping system. Check clogging using Mode 42 (leak check).
If the analyzer aspirated the liquid into the nozzle:
- Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
- Disconnect the tube from the nozzle and blow air from the pipe of the nozzle to remove the
liquid.
(Check3) Check the PRES4 board.
Check the LED on the board is lit when a tip is not set on the nozzle.
Check the LED blinks while tapping the orifice of the nozzle with a finger.
(Check4) Check the adjustment of the sampling position. Refer to Section 7.2.9 "Suction".
(Check5) Check the cable connection.

DR70A board 1 - 8 1-8


IFPRS1

PRES4 board
CN1 CN1
straight straight
(PRES1)

(Check6) Check the DR70A board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-23


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.15 Code: W070


Error Name:
Degraded interference filter
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The analyzer has detected degradation of the Interference filter during the gain setting process.
400nm: Rate of the degradation is over 80%.
Others: Rate of the degradation is over 50%.
* Refer to Section 8.1.2.3 "Deterioration check of the interference filter".

Movement after Error:


Testing is continued after printing the warning information.

Recovery:
It is necessary to set default values for detecting degradation after the replacement. ("7.2.11
Filter")

Possible Causes:
1. Degraded interference filter
2. Malfunction of the RWP
3. Malfunction of the power supply
4. Malfunction of the LHA-AMP board
5. Malfunction of the CP70A board

Check Points:
◆ Access to the light source lamp: In the lamp house
◆ Access to the interference filter: In the lamp house

(Check1) Clean the interference filter.


Check the filter rotation. [Mechanical test]> [2. Filter] >[1. Rotation test]
Refer to Section 8.1.2.1 "Rotation test".
(Check2) Check if the RBP/RWP is mounted properly. Clean the RBP/RWP.
(Check3) Check the voltage of the lamp power source is within the acceptable range.
Measure the voltage at the lamp connector using a circuit tester.
Refer to Section 8.3.3 "Voltage Check of the Power Supply".
(Check4) Check the LHA-AMP board.
(Check5) Check the CP70A board.

9-24 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.16 Code: W090


Error Name:
Communication error
Check Points:

Error Description:
The CTS signal is still set.

Movement after Error:


The analyzer stops communication.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the cable
2. Malfunction of the host computer
3. Malfunction of the CP70A or DR70A board
4. Cable disconnection

Check Points:
◆ Access to the CP70A and DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the communication cable. Check the cable specifications.


(Check2) Check the host computer condition. (Ready to receive data?)
(Check3) Check the CP70A and DR70A board.
(Check4) Check the cable connection.

CP70A board RS232C port


CN11 1 - 8 straight COM1
(9Pin)

1 3
DR70A board RS232C port
2 2
CN13 COM2
3 7
(25Pin)
4 4
5 5
6 1
7 25

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-25


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.17 Code: W091


Error Name:
Communication error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
Illegal interrupt has occurred.

Movement after Error:


The analyzer stops communication.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the CP70A or DR70A board
2. Malfunction of the software

Check Points:
◆ Access to the CP70A and DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the CP70A and DR70A board.

9-26 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.18 Code: W092


Error Name:
Communication error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The analyzer could not send BCC.

Movement after Error:


The analyzer stops communication.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Incompatible protocol
2. Malfunction of the cable
3. Malfunction of the host computer
4. Malfunction of the CP70A or DR70A board
5. Cable disconnection
Check Points:
◆ Access to the CP70A and DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the protocol compatibility between the host computer and the analyzer.
To change the communication parameters of the analyzer, use Mode 43.
(Check2) Check the communication cable. Check the cable specifications.
(Check3) Check the host computer condition. (Ready to receive data?)
(Check4) Check the CP70A and DR70A board.
(Check5) Check the cable connection.

CP70A board RS232C port


CN11 1 - 8 straight COM1
(9Pin)

1 3
DR70A board RS232C port
2 2
CN13 COM2
3 7
(25Pin)
4 4
5 5
6 1
7 25

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-27


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.19 Code: W093


Error Name:
Communication error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The analyzer stops transmitting during the transmission process.

Movement after Error:


The analyzer stops communication.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the cable
2. Malfunction of the host computer
3. Malfunction of the CP70A or DR70A board
4. Cable disconnection

Check Points:
◆ Access to the CP70A and DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the communication cable. Check the cable specifications.


(Check2) Check the host computer condition. (Ready to receive data?)
(Check3) Check the CP70A and DR70A board.
(Check4) Check the cable connection.

CP70A board RS232C port


CN11 1 - 8 straight COM1
(9Pin)

1 3
DR70A board RS232C port
2 2
CN13 COM2
3 7
(25Pin)
4 4
5 5
6 1
7 25

9-28 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.20 Code: W094, W095, W096, W097, W098


Error Name:
Communication error
Printout Example:

W094 - W098

Error Description:
W094: Overrun error has occurred.
W095: Framing error has occurred.
W096: Parity error has occurred.
W097: Incompatible BCC
W098: The signal BCC has not been received.
Movement after Error:
The analyzer stops communication.
Recovery:
Possible Causes:
1. Incompatible protocol
2. Malfunction of the cable
3. Malfunction of the host computer
4. Malfunction of the CP70A or DR70A board
5. Cable disconnection

Check Points:
◆ Access to the CP70A and DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the protocol compatibility between the host computer and the analyzer.
To change the communication parameters of the analyzer, use Mode 43.
(Check2) Check the communication cable. Check the cable specifications.
(Check3) Check the host computer condition. (Ready to receive data?)
(Check4) Check the CP70A and DR70A board.
(Check5) Check the cable connection.

CP70A board RS232C port


CN11 1 - 8 straight COM1
(9Pin)

1 3
DR70A board RS232C port
2 2
CN13 COM2
3 7
(25Pin)
4 4
5 5
6 1
7 25

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-29


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.21 Code: W110, W111


Error Name:
No tips
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
W110: No tip has been detected for the sample nozzle after tip pickup.
W111: No tip has been detected for the reference fluid nozzle after tip pickup.

Movement after Error:


Sampling is interrupted. (Test interrupted condition)

Recovery:
To start the tests, press the START key. To complete the tests, press the STOP key. (Cancels the
programmed sampling completely.)

Possible Causes:
1. Faulty sensor (TP70A)
2. Cable disconnection
3. Malfunction of the CP70A board
4. No tips on the tip rack.
5. Malfunction of the LED optic axis

Check Points:
◆ Access to the TP70A: Remove the sampler (nozzle) cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the sensor. (Cleaning)


(Check2) Check the cable connection.

1 1
CP70A board TP70A board
2 2
CN2 CN1
FXCN1

FXCN2

3 3
IFTP

4 4
(TP70A)

(Check3) Check the CP70A board.


(Check4) Check the LED optic axis.
Remove the sampler cover and check the LED mounted properly on the TP70A board.

9-30 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.22 Code: W115, W116


Error Name:
Tip ejection warning
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
W115: A tip is being detected on the sampler nozzle after tip ejection.
W116: A tip is being detected on the reference fluid nozzle after tip ejection.

Movement after Error:


Sampling is interrupted. (Test interrupted condition)

Recovery:
Press the START key to eject the tip and start the tests.
Press the STOP key to eject the tip and complete the tests. (Cancels the programmed sampling
completely.)
NOTE: Remove the tip by hand if the same error occurred.

Possible Causes:
1. Faulty sensor (TP70A)
2. Cable disconnection
3. Malfunction of the CP70A board
4. Malfunction of the LED optic axis

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-31


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the TP70A: Remove the sampler (nozzle) cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the sensor. (Cleaning)


(Check2) Check the disposable box if it is full of tips or slides.
(Check3) Check the cable connection.

1 1
CP70A board TP70A board
2 2
CN2 CN1

FXCN1

FXCN2
3 3

IFTP
4 4
(TP70A)

(Check4) Check the CP70A board.


(Check5) Check the tip ejecting position.
Check the tip ejecting part mounted properly. Perform the adjustment of the tip ejecting position.
Refer to Section 7.2.5 "Tip Eject".
(Check6) Check the LED optic axis.
Remove the sampler cover and check the LED mounted properly on the TP70A board.

9-32 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.23 Code: W120


Error Name:
Tip ejecting error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
A tip is being detected after tip ejection of the power-on initialization.

Movement after Error:


The analyzer terminates the initialization process.

Recovery:
Remove the tip by hand and press the START key. The analyzer will perform tip ejection process.

Possible Causes:
1. Faulty sensor (TP70A)
2. Cable disconnection
3. Malfunction of the CP70A board

Check Points:
◆ Access to the TP70A: Remove the sampler (nozzle) cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the sensor. (Cleaning)


(Check2) Check the disposable box if it is full of tips or slides.
(Check3) Check the cable connection.

1 1
CP70A board TP70A board
2 2
CN2 CN1
FXCN1

FXCN2

3 3
IFTP

4 4
(TP70A)

(Check4) Check the CP70A board.


(Check5) Check the tip ejecting position.
Check the tip ejecting part mounted properly. Perform the adjustment of the tip ejecting position.
Refer to Section 7.2.5 "Tip Eject".

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-33


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.24 Code: W0131


Error Name:
PF filtering process pressure warning
Printout Example:

Error Description:
When using PF, observed pressure was out of the standard pressure curve.
Threshold of detecting: The pressure was out of the standard pressure curve more than 10mmHg
for 8 seconds.

Movement after Error:


Testing is continued.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Abnormal sample
2. Malfunction of the PF
3. Malfunction of the PF suction pad
4. Malfunction of the PF tube
5. Leakage
6. Malfunction of the PF piping system
7. Malfunction of the PRES2 board
8. Cable disconnection
9. Malfunction of the PF valve
10. Malfunction of the PF pump
11. Malfunction of the DR70A board

9-34 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

Check Points:
◆ Access to the PRES2 board: Remove the PF pump Assy.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the sample fluid.


Check the sample volume for PF process.
(Check2) Check the PF.
Check the PF set properly on the sample tube.
Check if the contact part (with PF suction pad) of the PF does not have any soil or flaw.
(Check3) Check the PF suction pad.
Check if the surface of the PF suction pad does not have any soil or flaw.
Check the periodic replacing date of the PF suction pad.
(Check4) Check the PF tube.
Check the PF tube does not have any cracks.
Check the periodic replacing date of the PF tube.
(Check5) Check the leakage. Select Mode 51 for leak check.
(Check6) Check the piping system.
Check if tubes are not pulled out at joint parts.
Check if tubes are broken or bent.
(Check7) Check the PRES2 board.
(Check8) Check the cable connection.

IFPRS2
CP70A board 25 1 PRES2 board
CN2 26 2 COM1
27 3 (PRES2)
29 5
30 6
31 7
32 8

(Check9) Check the CP70A board.


(Check10) Check the PF solenoid valve.
(Check11) Check the PF pump.
Select Mode 51 for leak check.
(Check12) Check the PRES2 board.
(Check13) Check the DR70A board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-35


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.25 Code: W140


Error Name:
Incorrect direction of PM slide
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The CCD sensor has detected that a PM slide is incorrectly positioned in the slide cartridge.

Movement after Error:


Sampling for the current sample is interrupted and sampling for the next sample will start.

Recovery:
After completing the sampling process, set the PM slide in the right direction to rerun.

Possible Causes:
1. Incorrect slide loading into the slide cartridge
2. Slide (printed information) malfunction
3. Malfunction of the LP70A board

Check Points:
◆ Access to the LR70A board: Remove the sample disk.

(Check1) Check the reading function.


Refer to "Mechanical test" > "Lot read" > "Read test". Refer to Section 8.1.6.2 "Reading test".
(Check2) Check the LR70A board.

9-36 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.26 Code: W142


Error Name:
Reference fluid volume warning
Printout Example:

Error Description:
Due to abnormal volume of the reference fluid, the analyzer could not perform the PM tests for this
sample.

Movement after Error:


Sampling for the current sample is interrupted and the test for the next sample will start.
The same warning message will be printed out for the following samples that require PM tests.

Recovery:
Replace the reference fluid and rerun the test.

Possible Causes:
NOTE: Before printing this warning, error messages related to reference fluid would have already
been printed out.
1. Reference fluid volume is under the lower limit to aspirate.
2. The reference fluid is beyond the proper volume.

Check Points:
(Check1) Perform troubleshooting for the error message related to reference fluid which has already
printed out before this warning.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-37


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.27 Code: W151


Error Name:
No remaining mixing cups
Printout Example:

Error Description:
When performing tests that require dilution, the number of remaining mixing cups is insufficient.
* When the dilution factor for CRP is over 21, the required number of remaining cups is 2 or
more.

Movement after Error:


Sampling for the current sample is interrupted and sampling for the next sample will start.
"W153" warning will occur for the following samples that require dilution.

Recovery:
Replace mixing cups to rerun.

Possible Causes:
1. Insufficient remaining mixing cups

Check Points:
(Check1) Check the number of the remaining mixing cups indicated on the LCD.

9-38 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.28 Code: W152


Error Name:
No mixing cups found
Printout Example:

Error Description:
When performing tests that require dilution, the analyzer could not detect mixing cups.
When the sample nozzle with a tip moved to the mixing cup detecting position, the sensor (PC20)
could not detect the interrupter.

Movement after Error:


Sampling for the current sample is interrupted and the test for the next sample will start.

Recovery:
Replace mixing cups to rerun.

Possible Causes:
1. Operation mistake of replacing mixing cups (Mistaking L for R (or R for L) when replacing a
mixing cup, or forgotten to replace)
2. Abnormal movement of the sample nozzle motor
3. Tip drop-out, or wrong setting of mixing cups
4. Improper adjustment for the mixing cups detecting position
5. Cable disconnection
6. Malfunction of the DR70A board
7. Faulty sensor

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-39


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the sample nozzle, and PC20: Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
◆ Access to the DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the mixing cups. Is the mixing cups properly set?
(Check2) Check the sample nozzle vertical movement.
Is there any irregular movement during vertical motion? Refer to Section 8.1.8 "Motor".
Check the sensor (PC20) function. Refer to Section 8.1.1.3 "HP (home position) sensor".
(Check3) Check the tip fitting. (If the tip drops out)
Check the O-ring.
Check the tip pickup position adjustment. Refer to Section 7.2.6 "Tip Pickup".
(Check4) Check the mixing cups detecting position. Refer to Section 7.2.8 "Mixing Cups".
(Check5) Check the cable connection.

13 1(+5V)
FXCN1

FXCN2
IFPCD

14 2(GND)

PC20
DR70A board 3(PHIN)
15 PC20
CN8 4(GND)
16

1 1 1(A)
CP70A board M8
3 2 2(/A)
CN7
FXCN1

FXCN2
IFM8,1

5 3 3(B)
M8

7 4 4(/B)

(Check6) Check the DR70A board.

9-40 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.29 Code: W153


Error Name:
Dilution test skip warning caused by the mixing cups shortage.
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The analyzer stopped the tests that require dilution due to the mixing cups shortage.

Movement after Error:


Sampling for the current sample is interrupted and sampling for the next sample will start.
"W153" warning will occur for the following samples that require dilution.

Recovery:
Replace mixing cups to rerun.

Possible Causes:
1. Insufficient remaining mixing cups

Check Points:
(Check1) Check the number of the remaining mixing cups indicated on the LCD.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-41


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.30 Code: W161


Error Name:
Insufficient diluent warning
Printout Example:

Diluent position

Error Description:
The analyzer stopped the tests that require dilution due to the diluent shortage.

Movement after Error:


Sampling for the current sample is interrupted and sampling for the next sample will start.
"W161" warning will occur for the following samples that require dilution.

Recovery:
Replace the diluent which is indicated on the printout and rerun the test.

Possible Causes:
NOTE: Before printing this warning, error messages related to diluent would have already been
printed out.
1. Diluent volume is less than the lower limit to aspirate.
2. The diluent is beyond the proper volume.

Check Points:
(Check1) Perform troubleshooting for the error message related to diluent which has already be printed
out before this warning.

9-42 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.31 Code: W170


Error Name:
No QC information
Printout Example:

Slide code
(Ex. GLU-PS=1050)

Error Description:
There is no QC information for the detected slide.

Movement after Error:


Sampling for the current sample is interrupted and sampling for the next sample will start.

Recovery:
Read the QC card for the detected slide to rerun.
When this warning occurs for PM tests, all QC cards of test menus for the PM slide should be
read.

Possible Causes:
1. The QC card has not been read.
2. Dirty slide detecting part (CCD).

Check Points:
(Check1) Check the QC information for the test by using Mode 29.
(Check2) Clean the slide detecting part.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-43


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.32 Code: W173


Error Name:
Slide detecting error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The analyzer could not identify the slide information.

Movement after Error:


The slide is discarded and sampling for the next slide will start.

Recovery:
Perform the test for the slide again.

Possible Causes:
1. Slide (printed information) malfunction
2. Dirty slide detecting part (CCD)
3. The unit was exposed to bright light.

Check Points:
◆ Access to the slide detecting part for cleaning
Turn the sample disk to the sampling position for Sample A and remove the slide cartridge of Sample A.

(Check1) Check the printing quality of the slide information.


(Check2) Clean the slide detecting part.
(Check3) Check the environmental conditions such as bright light.

9-44 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.33 Code: W180


Error Name:
No calibration
Printout Example:

Slide code

Error Description:
The calibration for a detected immuno-chemical test slide has not been performed.

Movement after Error:


Sampling for the current sample is interrupted and sampling for the next sample will start.

Recovery:
Perform calibration for the immuno-chemical test slide.

Possible Causes:

Check Points:
(Check1) Check if the calibration for the slide lot has been performed.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-45


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.34 Code: W190, W191


Error Name:
Wrong slide setting in calibration process
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
W190: A slide that does not require calibration has been detected on the slide cartridge in
calibration process.
W191: A slide that is different from the designated slide lot has been detected on the slide
cartridge in calibration process.

Movement after Error:


Sampling for the test is interrupted and start sampling for the next calibrator.

Recovery:
Perform the calibration by setting the slide that requires calibration.

Possible Causes:

Check Points:
(Check1) Check the slide lot No. which have already been read using Mode 29.

9-46 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.35 Code: W200


Error Name:
Sample bar-code reader error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The sample bar-code reader is not connected to the analyzer.

Movement after Error:


Testing can start.

Recovery:
After connecting the cable of the sample bar-code reader, turn on the analyzer.
If the sample bar-code reader cannot be operated, change the setting by Mode 46 to set the
sample bar-code reader for disuse.

Possible Causes:
1. Disconnection of the sample bar-code reader
2. Malfunction of the sample bar-code reader
3. Cable disconnection
4. Malfunction of the DR70A board

Check Points:
◆ Access to the sample bar-code reader: Connector COM2 on the rear panel

(Check1) Check the sample bar-code reader.


Check the sample bar-code reader connected to the COM2 on the rear panel.
Check the LED lighting of the sample bar-code reader.
(Check2) Check the cable connection.

1 3
CP70A board 2 2 RS232C port Sample
CN13 3 7 COM2 bar-code
4 4 (25pin) reader
5 5
6 1
7 25

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-47


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.36 Code: W201, W202


Error Name:
Sample bar-code reader error
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
W201: The sample bar-code reader has not detected a bar-code.
W202: The sample bar-code reader has detected a bar-code, but cannot convert to a code.

Movement after Error:


Testing can start.

Recovery:
Read a bar-code again after pressing the ID key.

Possible Causes:
1. Faulty sample bar-code label

Check Points:
(Check1) Check the bar-code label.

9-48 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.37 Code: W203


Error Name:
Sample bar-code reader error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The sample bar-code reader is not ready to read.

Movement after Error:


Testing can start.

Recovery:
Read a bar-code again after pressing the ID key.

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the sample bar-code reader

Check Points:
(Check1) Check the sample bar-code reader.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-49


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.38 Code: W300, W301


Error Name:
Ticket printer error
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
W300: No response from the ticket printer. (The CTS signal does not become low.)
W301: No response from the ticket printer.

Movement after Error:


Testing can start. Transferring data to the ticket printer is impossible.

Recovery:
Check the communication cable and the power cable of the ticket printer. Then turn on the ticket
printer and the analyzer.

Possible Causes:
1. Disconnection of the ticket printer cable.
2. Faulty DIP SW settings of the ticket printer

Check Points:
(Check1) Check the communication cable.
(Check2) Check the DIP SW settings of the ticket printer.

9-50 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.39 Code: W302


Error Name:
Ticket printer error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
Incorrect communication settings for the ticket printer

Movement after Error:


Testing can start. Transferring data to the ticket printer is impossible.

Recovery:
Check the Mode 46 settings.

Possible Causes:
1. Incorrect communication settings for the ticket printer.

Check Points:
(Check1) Check the communication settings using Mode 46.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-51


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.40 Code: W303


Error Name:
Ticket printer error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The ticket printer cover is open.

Movement after Error:


Testing can start. Transferring data to the ticket printer is impossible.

Recovery:
Close the cover. (The ticket printer resumes printing data.)

Possible Causes:
1. The ticket printer cover is open.

Check Points:
(Check1) Check the ticket printer cover is closed.

9-52 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.41 Code: W305, W306


Error Name:
Ticket printer error
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
W305: Mechanical error of the ticket printer
W306: Malfunction of the ticket printer

Movement after Error:


Testing can start. Transferring data to the ticket printer is impossible.

Recovery:
Turn the power of the ticket printer off and on, and then turn on the analyzer.

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the ticket printer

Check Points:
(Check1) Check the ticket printer.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-53


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.42 Code: W1520, W1521


Error Name:
Environmental temperature error
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
W1520: Room temperature is low (out of the specification) (below 13 degrees centigrade)
W1521: Room temperature is high (out of the specification) (beyond 43 degrees centigrade)

Movement after Error:


Testing can start.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Abnormal environmental temperature
2. The analyzer body does not reach room temperature. (Especially, in case of installation)
3. Malfunction of the environmental temperature sensor (RAC board)
4. Malfunction of the CP70A board

Check Points:
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.
◆ Access to the RAC board: Remove the sample disk.

(Check1) Check the room temperature is within the specification (15 to 32 degrees centigrade).
(Check2) Check the cable connection. Check the environmental temperature sensor.

17 8
CP70A board 18 9 RAC board
IFRAC

CN2 19 10 CN1
20 11

(Check3) Check the CP70A board.


Measure the voltage between the check pin and AGND using a circuit tester.

The relations between the voltages (TP65 and TP66 on the CP70A board) and temperature/
humidity are shown below.
TP65 (temperature) : 0 - 5 [V] > 0 - 50 [ ℃ ]
TP66 (humidity) : 0 - 5 [V] > 0 - 100 [%]

9-54 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.43 Code: E035


Error Name:
Light intensity over range
Printout Example:

RWP readout

Error Description:
When the analyzer performs gain setting, RWP readout (400 nm, gain=1) exceeds 198 [mV].

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Degraded interference filter
2. Malfunction of the RWP.
3. Malfunction of the power supply
4. Malfunction of the LHA-AMP board
5. Malfunction of the CP70A board

Check Points:
(Check1) Check the interference filter.
(Check2) Check if the RBP/RWP is mounted properly.
(Check3) Check the voltage of the lamp power source is within the acceptable range.
(Measure the voltage at the lamp connector with a circuit tester.)
Refer to Section 8.3.3 "Voltage Check of the Power Supply".
(Check4) Check the LHA-AMP board.
(Check5) Check the CP70AP board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-55


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.44 Code: E036


Error Name:
Dirty RBP
Printout Example:

Error Description:
When the analyzer performs gain setting, the difference between the RBP readout (600 nm,
gain=N) and the readout of light shielding position exceeds 15 [mV].

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the RBP
2. Degraded interference filter
3. Malfunction of the power supply
4. Malfunction of the LHA-AMP board
5. Malfunction of the CP70A board

Check Points:
(Check1) Check if the RBP/RWP is mounted properly. Clean the RBP/RWP and the photometer.
(Check2) Check the interference filter.
(Check3) Check the voltage of the lamp power source is within the acceptable range.
(Measure the voltage at the lamp connector with a circuit tester.)
Refer to Section 8.3.3 "Voltage Check of the Power Supply".
(Check4) Check the LHA-AMP board.
(Check5) Check the CP70AP board.

9-56 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.45 Code: E050


Error Name:
Lamp replacing error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
When the analyzer performs gain setting, RWP readout (400 nm, gain=1) is less than 19.8 [mV].

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
Power off → Replace lamp → Power on

Possible Causes:
1. Burned out lamp
2. Degraded interference filter
3. Malfunction of the RWP
4. Malfunction of the power supply
5. Defective fiber cable
6. Malfunction of the LHA-AMP board
7. Malfunction of the CP70A board

Check Points:
(Check1) Open the disposal box and the lamp unit cover. Check if the lamp is lit at the initializing process
after the power is turned on.
(Check2) Check the interference filter.
(Check3) Check the voltage of the lamp power source is within the acceptable range.
(Measure the voltage at the lamp connector with a circuit tester.)
Refer to Section 8.3.3 "Voltage Check of the Power Supply".
(Check4) Check the LHA-AMP board.
(Check5) Check the CP70AP board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-57


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.46 Code: E0110, E0111


Error Name:
Suction error (aspirating sample)
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E0110: Difference of the air pressures in the piping system between pre-aspiration and post-
aspiration has exceeded the threshold level to detect clogging during the sample pre-aspirating
process.
E0111: Difference of the air pressures in the piping system between pre-aspiration and post-
aspiration has exceeded the threshold level to detect clogging during the sample aspirating
process.

* Difference of the air pressures to detect clogging:

0.8 (V) for [aspiration< 10 μL]

2.0 (V) for [10 μL ≦ aspiration < 20μL]

3.0(V) for [aspiration ≧ 20 μL]

Movement after Error:


The analyzer stops the sampling process. The analyzer starts sampling for the next sample.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Fibrin deposit
2. Clogging of the tip
3. Clogging of the piping system
4. Malfunction of the PRES4 board
5. Malfunction of the CP70A board
6. Cable disconnection

9-58 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PRES 4 board: Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the sample fluid.


(Check2) Check the tip.
(Check3) Check clogging of the piping system.
・Select Mode 42 for leak check.
Make sure there is no material which could clog the tubes or the pipes, particularly at the joints
of the tubes and the pipes.
・If the analyzer aspirated the liquid into the nozzle:
- Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
- Disconnect the tube from the nozzle and blow air from the pipe of the nozzle to remove the
liquid.
(Check4) Check the PRES4 board.
・Check the LED on the board is lit when a tip is not set on the nozzle.
・Check the LED blinks while tapping the orifice of the nozzle with a finger.
(Check5) Check the CP70A board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-59


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.47 Code: E0112, E0113


Error Name:
Clogging error (sample)
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E0112: Difference of the air pressures in the piping system between pre-aspiration and post-
aspiration has exceeded the threshold level to detect clogging during the sample spotting
process.
E0113: Difference of the air pressures in the piping system between pre-aspiration and post-
aspiration has exceeded the threshold level to detect clogging during the pre-dispensing process.

* Difference of the air pressures to detect clogging:

2.0 (V) for [ ≧ 10 μL] aspiration

0.8 (V) for [< 10 μL] aspiration

Movement after Error:


The analyzer stops the sampling process. The analyzer starts sampling for the next sample.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Fibrin deposit
2. Clogging of the tip
3. Clogging of the piping system
4. Malfunction of the PRES4 board
5. Malfunction of the CP70A board
6. Cable disconnection

9-60 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PRES 4 board: Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the sample fluid.


(Check2) Check the tip.
(Check3) Check clogging of the piping system.
・Select Mode 42 for leak check.
Make sure there is no material which could clog the tubes or the pipes, particularly at the joints
of the tubes and the pipes.
・If the analyzer aspirated the liquid into the nozzle:
- Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
- Disconnect the tube from the nozzle and blow air from the pipe of the nozzle to remove the
liquid.
(Check4) Check the PRES4 board.
・Check the LED on the board is lit when a tip is not set on the nozzle.
・Check the LED blinks while tapping the orifice of the nozzle with a finger.
(Check5) Check the CP70A board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-61


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.48 Code: E0120


Error Name:
No sample found
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The analyzer could not detect the sample surface.

Movement after Error:


The analyzer stops the sampling process and starts sampling for the next sample.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. The sample has not been set in the sample rack.
2. Malfunction of the PRES4 board
3. Leakage or clogging of the piping system
4. Clogging of the nozzle
5. O-ring damage
6. Syringe malfunction
7. Cable disconnection
8. Malfunction of the CP70A board
9. Malfunction of the RAC board

9-62 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PRES 4 board: Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Make sure that the sample rack type matches the actual sample tube.
(Check2) Check the PRES4 board.
・Check the LED on the board is lit when a tip is not set on the nozzle.
・Check the LED blinks while tapping the orifice of the nozzle with a finger.
(Check3) Check clogging of the piping system.
・Select Mode 42 for leak check.
Make sure there is no material which could clog the tubes or the pipes, particularly at the joints
of the tubes and the pipes.
・If the analyzer aspirated the liquid into the nozzle:
- Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
- Disconnect the tube from the nozzle and blow air from the pipe of the nozzle to remove the
liquid.
(Check4) Make sure that the O-ring does not have any damage.
(Check5) Check the syringe.
(Check6) Check the adjustment of "Sample disk suction height". Refer to Section 7.2.9.1 "Sample disk
suction height".
(Check7) Check the cable connection.

DR70A board 1 - 8 straight 1 - 8 straight PRES4 board


IFPRES1

CN1 CN1
(PRES1)

(Check8) Check the CP70A board.


(Check9) Check the rack detection system. Refer to Section 8.1.1.2 "Rack sensor".

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-63


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.49 Code: E0121, E0122


Error Name:
Clogging error (diluent)
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E0121: Difference of the air pressures in the piping system between pre-aspiration and post-
aspiration has exceeded the threshold level to detect clogging during the diluent aspirating
process.
E0122: Difference of the air pressures in the piping system between pre-aspiration and post-
aspiration has exceeded the threshold level to detect clogging during the diluent dispensing
process.

* Difference of the air pressures to detect clogging: 3.0 (V)

Movement after Error:


The analyzer stops the sampling process. The analyzer starts sampling for the next sample.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Clogging of the tip
2. Clogging of the piping system
3. Malfunction of the PRES4 board
4. Malfunction of the CP70A board
5. Cable disconnection

9-64 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PRES 4 board: Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the tip.


(Check2) Check clogging of the piping system.
・Select Mode 42 for leak check.
Make sure there is no material which could clog the tubes or the pipes, particularly at the joints
of the tubes and the pipes.
・If the analyzer aspirated the liquid into the nozzle:
- Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
- Disconnect the tube from the nozzle and blow air from the pipe of the nozzle to remove the
liquid.
(Check3) Check the PRES4 board.
・Check the LED on the board is lit when a tip is not set on the nozzle.
・Check the LED blinks while tapping the orifice of the nozzle with a finger.
(Check4) Check the CP70A board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-65


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.50 Code: E0123


Error Name:
No diluent found
Printout Example:

Diluent position

Error Description:
The analyzer could not detect the diluent surface.

Movement after Error:


The analyzer stops the sampling process. The analyzer starts sampling for the next sample.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. The diluent has not been set in the sample rack.
2. Malfunction of the PRES4 board
3. Leakage or clogging of the piping system
4. Clogging of the nozzle
5. O-ring damage
6. Syringe malfunction
7. Cable disconnection
8. Malfunction of the CP70A board

9-66 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PRES4 board: Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the diluent tube settings using Mode 84.


(Check2) Check the PRES4 board.
・Check the LED on the board is lit when a tip is not set on the nozzle.
・Check the LED blinks while tapping the orifice of the nozzle with a finger.
(Check3) Check clogging of the piping system.
・Select Mode 42 for leak check.
Make sure there is no material which could clog the tubes or the pipes, particularly at the joints
of the tubes and the pipes.
・If the analyzer aspirated the liquid into the nozzle:
- Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
- Disconnect the tube from the nozzle and blow air from the pipe of the nozzle to remove the
liquid.
(Check4) Make sure that the O-ring does not have any damage.
(Check5) Check the syringe.
(Check6) Check the adjustment of "Sample disk suction height". Refer to Section 7.2.9.1 "Sample disk
suction height".
(Check7) Check the cable connection.

DR70A board 1 - 8 straight 1 - 8 straight PRES4 board


IFPRES1

CN1 CN1
(PRES1)

(Check8) Check the CP70A board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-67


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.51 Code: E0124, E0125


Error Name:
Clogging error (diluted sample)
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E0124: Difference of the air pressures in the piping system between pre-aspiration and post-
aspiration has exceeded the threshold level to detect clogging during the diluted sample
aspirating process.
E0125: Difference of the air pressures in the piping system between pre-aspiration and post-
aspiration has exceeded the threshold level to detect clogging during the diluted sample spotting
process.

* Difference of the air pressures to detect clogging:

0.8 (V) for [aspiration< 10 μL]

2.0 (V) for [10 μL ≦ aspiration < 20μL]

3.0(V) for [aspiration ≧ 20 μL]

Movement after Error:


The analyzer stops the sampling process. The analyzer starts sampling for the next sample.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Clogging of the tip
2. Clogging of the piping system
3. Malfunction of the PRES4 board
4. Malfunction of the CP70A board
5. Cable disconnection

9-68 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PRES4 board: Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the tip.


(Check2) Check clogging of the piping system.
・Select Mode 42 for leak check.
Make sure there is no material which could clog the tubes or the pipes, particularly at the joints
of the tubes and the pipes.
・If the analyzer aspirated the liquid into the nozzle:
- Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
- Disconnect the tube from the nozzle and blow air from the pipe of the nozzle to remove the
liquid.
(Check3) Check the PRES4 board.
・Check the LED on the board is lit when a tip is not set on the nozzle.
・Check the LED blinks while tapping the orifice of the nozzle with a finger.
(Check4) Check the CP70A board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-69


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.52 Code: E0127, E0128


Error Name:
Clogging error (reference fluid)
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E0127: Difference of the air pressures in the piping system between pre-aspiration and post-
aspiration has exceeded the threshold level to detect clogging during the reference fluid aspirating
process.
E0128: Difference of the air pressures in the piping system between pre-aspiration and post-
aspiration has exceeded the threshold level to detect clogging during the reference fluid spotting
process.

* Difference of the air pressures to detect clogging: 3.0[V]

Movement after Error:


The analyzer stops the sampling process. The analyzer starts sampling for the next sample.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Clogging of the tip
2. Clogging of the piping system
3. Malfunction of the PRES4 board
4. Malfunction of the CP70A board
5. Cable disconnection

9-70 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PRES4 board: Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the tip.


(Check2) Check clogging of the piping system.
・Select Mode 42 for leak check.
Make sure there is no material which could clog the tubes or the pipes, particularly at the joints
of the tubes and the pipes.
・If the analyzer aspirated the liquid into the nozzle:
- Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
- Disconnect the tube from the nozzle and blow air from the pipe of the nozzle to remove the
liquid.
(Check3) Check the PRES4 board.
・Check the LED on the board is lit when the tip is not set on the nozzle.
・Check the LED blinks while tapping the orifice of the nozzle with a finger.
(Check4) Check the CP70A board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-71


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.53 Code: E0129


Error Name:
No reference fluid found
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The analyzer could not detect the reference fluid surface.

Movement after Error:


The analyzer stops the sampling process. The analyzer starts sampling for the next sample.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. The reference fluid has not been set in the reference fluid holder.
2. Malfunction of the PRES4 board
3. Leakage or clogging of the piping system
4. Clogging of the nozzle
5. O-ring damage
6. Syringe malfunction
7. Cable disconnection
8. Malfunction of the CP70A board

9-72 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PRES4 board: Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the diluent tube settings using Mode 84.


(Check2) Check the PRES4 board.
・Check the LED on the board is lit when a tip is not set on the nozzle.
・Check the LED blinks while tapping the orifice of the nozzle with a finger. Check clogging of
the piping system.
・Select Mode 42 for leak check.
Make sure there is no material which could clog the tubes or the pipes, particularly at the joints
of the tubes and the pipes.
・If the analyzer aspirated the liquid into the nozzle:
- Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
- Disconnect the tube from the nozzle and blow air from the pipe of the nozzle to remove the
liquid.
(Check3) Make sure that the O-ring does not have any damage.
(Check4) Check the syringe.
(Check5) Check the adjustment of "Sample disk suction height". Refer to Section 7.2.9.1 "Sample disk
suction height".
(Check6) Check the cable connection.

DR70A board 1 - 8 straight 1 - 8 straight PRES4 board


IFPRES1

CN1 CN1
(PRES1)

(Check7) Check the CP70A board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-73


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.54 Code: E0132


Error Name:
PF clogging error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The air pressure in the piping system has exceeded the threshold level during the pre-aspiration
process of PF filtering.

* Threshold: 30mmHg (after 2 seconds processing in the pre-aspiration of PF-filtering)

Movement after Error:


Testing is continued.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the PF tube
2. Malfunction of the piping system
3. Malfunction of the PF solenoid valve
4. Malfunction of the PRES2 board
5. Cable disconnection

9-74 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PRES2 board: Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the tube connection.


・Check if tubes are not broken or bent.
(Check2) Check the PRES2 board.
(Check3) Check the cable connection.

IFPRS2
CP70A board 25 1 PRES2 board
CN2 26 2 COM1
27 3 (PRES2)
29 5
30 6
31 7
32 8

(Check4) Check the CP70A board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-75


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.55 Code: E0133


Error Name:
PF sensor error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
When the analyzer gets a reference data of the PF reference plate, the voltage of the sample level
detection sensor is out of the range.

* Adjustment range of the sample level detection sensor: 3.0 (V) +/- 50(mV)

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
If it is unable to recover the error, the analyzer can be operated on the condition of "No PF unit
mode" by setting the DIP-SW on the CP70A board.
Refer to Section 6.2.1 "CP70A Board".

Possible Causes:
1. Dirty (stained) reference white plate
2. Dirty sample level detection sensor (PSS board)
3. Malfunction of the LSAMP board
4. Cable disconnection
5. Malfunction of the CP70A board

9-76 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PSS board: Remove the PF unit cover. Remove the PF suction pad.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the PSS board.


・Clean the surface of the sensor.
・If the board was wet with fluid, clean the board or replace it.
(Check2) Check the LSAMP board.
(Check3) Check the cable connection.

1 1 LSAMP 1 PSS board


CP70A board board CN1
2 2 2
CN6 CN1 CN2 (PSS)
3 3 3
IFLS
(IFLS) (LSAMP)
4 4 4
5 5
6 6

(Check4) Check the CP70A board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-77


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.56 Code: E0134


Error Name:
PF sensor error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
In the sample level detecting process of PF, the sample liquid has reached to the sensor (soaked).

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
If it is unable to recover the error, the analyzer can be operated on the condition of "No PF unit
mode" by setting the DIP-SW on the CP70A board.
Refer to Section 6.2.1 "CP70A Board".

Possible Causes:
1. Dirty (stained) reference white plate
2. Exposed to bright light (incandescent lighting, sunlight)
3. Malfunction of the sample level detection sensor (PSS board)
4. Malfunction of the LSAMP board
5. Cable disconnection
6. Malfunction of the CP70A board

9-78 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PSS board: Remove the PF unit cover. Remove the PF suction pad.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the PSS board.


・Clean the surface of the sensor.
・If the board was wet with fluid, clean the board or replace it.
(Check2) Check the LSAMP board.
(Check3) Check the cable connection.

1 1 LSAMP 1 PSS board


CP70A board board CN1
2 2 2
CN6 CN1 CN2 (PSS)
3 IFLS 3 3
(IFLS) (LSAMP)
4 4 4
5 5
6 6

(Check4) Check the CP70A board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-79


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.57 Code: E0135


Error Name:
PF sensor error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The analyzer could not perform PF filtering due to the occurrence of the following errors:
- Errors for the PF unit operation (especially the sensor) have occurred.
- The analyzer has detected a PF sample rack although the setting is no PF unit on the analyzer.

Movement after Error:


Testing is continued. (The tests without PF process can be operated)

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Sample rack setting error
2. Malfunction of the RAC board
3. Malfunction of the CP70A board

Check Points:
◆ Access to the RAC board: Remove the sample disk.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) When other errors related to the PF sensor occurred, refer to the error description and solve it.
(Check2) Check the analyzer type (PF unit built-in or not) and the sample rack identification.
Refer to Section 8.1.1.2 "Rack sensor".
(Check3) Check the CP70A board.

9-80 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.58 Code: E0136, E0137


Error Name:
PF card has not been read.
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
A PF card has not been read into the analyzer.
- The E0137 error indicates that the analyzer has not performed the sample filtering process for the
printed sample position.

Movement after Error:


Testing is continued. (The tests without PF process can be operated.)

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. A PF card has not been read before tests.

Check Points:
(Check1) Use Mode 29 to print out the PF card information.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-81


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.59 Code: E0140


Error Name:
Excess sample volume (beyond the upper limit)
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The sample fluid surface is beyond the upper limit.

Movement after Error:


Sampling for the current sample is interrupted and sampling for the next sample will start.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. The sample has not been set in the sample rack correctly.
2. Malfunction of the PRES4 board
3. Leakage or clogging of the piping system
4. Clogging of the nozzle
5. O-ring damage
6. Syringe malfunction
7. Cable disconnection
8. Malfunction of the CP70A board
9. Malfunction of the RAC board

9-82 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PRES4 board: Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Make sure that the sample rack type matches the actual sample tube. (Make sure that there are
no damage or stains on the rack identification label.)
(Check2) Check the PRES4 board.
・Check the LED on the board is lit when a tip is not set on the nozzle.
・Check the LED blinks while tapping the orifice of the nozzle with a finger.
(Check3) Check clogging of the piping system.
・Select Mode 42 for leak check.
Make sure there is no material which could clog the tubes or the pipes, particularly at the joints
of the tubes and the pipes.
・If the analyzer aspirated the liquid into the nozzle:
- Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
- Disconnect the tube from the nozzle and blow air from the pipe of the nozzle to remove the
liquid.
(Check4) Make sure that the O-ring does not have any damage.
(Check5) Check the syringe.
(Check6) Check the adjustment of "Sample disk suction height". Refer to Section 7.2.9.1 "Sample disk
suction height".
(Check7) Check the cable connection.

DR70A board 1 - 8 straight 1 - 8 straight PRES4 board


IFPRES1

CN1 CN1
(PRES1)

(Check8) Check the CP70A board.


(Check9) Check the rack detection system. Refer to Section 8.1.1.2 "Rack sensor".

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-83


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.60 Code: E0141


Error Name:
Excess diluent volume (beyond the upper limit)
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The diluent surface is beyond the upper limit.

Movement after Error:


The analyzer stops the sampling process. The analyzer starts sampling for the next sample.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. The diluent has not been set in the sample rack correctly.
2. Malfunction of the PRES4 board
3. Leakage or clogging of the piping system
4. Clogging of the nozzle
5. O-ring damage
6. Syringe malfunction
7. Cable disconnection
8. Malfunction of the CP70A board

9-84 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PRES4 board: Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the diluent tube settings using Mode 84.


(Check2) Check the PRES4 board.
・Check the LED on the board is lit when a tip is not set on the nozzle.
・Check the LED blinks while tapping the orifice of the nozzle with a finger.
(Check3) Check clogging of the piping system.
・Select Mode 42 for leak check.
Make sure there is no material which could clog the tubes or the pipes, particularly at the joints
of the tubes and the pipes.
・If the analyzer aspirated the liquid into the nozzle:
- Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
- Disconnect the tube from the nozzle and blow air from the pipe of the nozzle to remove the
liquid.
(Check4) Make sure that the O-ring does not have any damage.
(Check5) Check the syringe.
(Check6) Check the adjustment of "Sample disk suction height". Refer to Section 7.2.9.1 "Sample disk
suction height".
(Check7) Check the cable connection.

DR70A board 1 - 8 straight 1 - 8 straight PRES4 board


IFPRES1

CN1 CN1
(PRES1)

(Check8) Check the CP70A board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-85


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.61 Code: E0142


Error Name:
Excess reference fluid volume (beyond the upper limit)
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The reference fluid surface is beyond the upper limit.

Movement after Error:


The analyzer stops the sampling process. The analyzer starts sampling for the next sample.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. The reference fluid has not been set in the reference fluid holder correctly.
2. Malfunction of the PRES4 board
3. Leakage or clogging of the piping system
4. Clogging of the nozzle
5. O-ring damage
6. Syringe malfunction
7. Cable disconnection
8. Malfunction of the CP70A board

9-86 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PRES4 board: Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the reference fluid tube settings using Mode 84.
(Check2) Check the PRES4 board.
・Check the LED on the board is lit when a tip is not set on the nozzle.
・Check the LED blinks while tapping the orifice of the nozzle with a finger.
(Check3) Check clogging of the piping system.
・Select Mode 42 for leak check.
Make sure there is no material which could clog the tubes or the pipes, particularly at the joints
of the tubes and the pipes.
・If the analyzer aspirated the liquid into the nozzle:
- Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
- Disconnect the tube from the nozzle and blow air from the pipe of the nozzle to remove the
liquid.
(Check4) Make sure that the O-ring does not have any damage.
(Check5) Check the syringe.
(Check6) Check the adjustment of "Sample disk suction height". Refer to Section 7.2.9.1 "Sample disk
suction height".
(Check7) Check the cable connection.

DR70A board 1 - 8 straight 1 - 8 straight PRES4 board


IFPRES1

CN1 CN1
(PRES1)

(Check8) Check the CP70A board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-87


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.62 Code: E0143, E0144


Error Name:
Insufficient diluent, insufficient reference fluid
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
The sampler was able to detect the diluent surface (E0143) or the reference fluid surface (E0144),
but the volume that the sampler will aspirate for spotting is insufficient.

Movement after Error:


Sampling for the current sample is interrupted and the test for the next sample will start.

Recovery:
Pour diluent or reference fluid into the tubes and rerun the tests.

Possible Causes:
1. Liquid volume is less than the lower limit to aspirate.
2. Clogging of the piping system, or sample surface detecting failure caused by leakage of the
piping system
3. Malfunction of the PRES4 board
4. Improper adjustment (Refer to Section 7.2.9.1 "Sample disk suction height".)
5. Cable disconnection
6. Malfunction of the DR70A board

9-88 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PRES4 board: Remove the sampler nozzle cover.

(Check1) Check the diluent reference fluid volume. Check the tube settings in Mode 84 match the actual
tubes.
(Check2) Check clogging of the piping system. Check clogging using Mode 42 (leak check).
・If the analyzer aspirated the liquid into the nozzle:
- Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
- Disconnect the tube from the nozzle and blow air from the pipe of the nozzle to remove the
liquid.
(Check3) Check the PRES4 board.
・Check the LED on the board is lit when a tip is not set on the nozzle.
・Check the LED blinks while tapping the orifice of the nozzle with a finger.
(Check4) Check the adjustment of "Sample disk suction height". Refer to Section 7.2.9.1 "Sample disk
suction height".
(Check5) Check the cable connection.

DR70A board 1 - 8 straight 1 - 8 straight PRES4 board


IFPRES1

CN1 CN1
(PRES1)

(Check6) Check the DR70A board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-89


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.63 Code: E0145


Error Name:
No calibrator found
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The analyzer could not detect the calibrator (CP) surface.

Movement after Error:


The analyzer stops the sampling process. The analyzer starts sampling for the next sample.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. The calibrator has not been set in the sample rack correctly.
2. Malfunction of the PRES4 board
3. Leakage or clogging of the piping system
4. Clogging of the nozzle
5. O-ring damage
6. Syringe malfunction
7. Cable disconnection
8. Malfunction of the CP70A board

9-90 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PRES4 board: Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check if the calibrator bottles are set properly on the sample disk.
Check the remaining volume of the calibrator.
* Be sure to use the calibrator CP specified for the FDC7000.
(Check2) Check the PRES4 board.
・Check the LED on the board is lit when a tip is not set on the nozzle.
・Check the LED blinks while tapping the orifice of the nozzle with a finger.
(Check3) Check clogging of the piping system.
・Select Mode 42 for leak check.
Make sure there is no material which could clog the tubes or the pipes, particularly at the joints
of the tubes and the pipes.
・If the analyzer aspirated the liquid into the nozzle:
- Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
- Disconnect the tube from the nozzle and blow air from the pipe of the nozzle to remove the
liquid.
(Check4) Make sure that the O-ring does not have any damage.
(Check5) Check the syringe.
(Check6) Check the adjustment of "Sample disk suction height". Refer to Section 7.2.9.1 "Sample disk
suction height".
(Check7) Check the cable connection.

DR70A board 1 - 8 straight 1 - 8 straight PRES4 board


IFPRES1

CN1 CN1
(PRES1)

(Check8) Check the CP70A board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-91


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.64 Code: E0146


Error Name:
Excess calibrator volume (beyond the upper limit)
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The calibrator surface is beyond the upper limit.

Movement after Error:


The analyzer stops the sampling process. The analyzer starts sampling for the next sample
(level).

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. The calibrators have not been set in the sample rack correctly.
2. Malfunction of the PRES4 board
3. Leakage or clogging of the piping system
4. Clogging of the nozzle
5. O-ring damage
6. Syringe malfunction
7. Cable disconnection
8. Malfunction of the CP70A board

9-92 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PRES4 board: Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the calibrators (CP).


Check if the calibrator bottles are set properly on the sample disk.
Check if there are some bubbles in the calibrator bottle.
(Check2) Check the PRES4 board.
・Check the LED on the board is lit when a tip is not set on the nozzle.
・Check the LED blinks while tapping the orifice of the nozzle with a finger.
(Check3) Check clogging of the piping system.
・Select Mode 42 for leak check.
Make sure there is no material which could clog the tubes or the pipes, particularly at the joints
of the tubes and the pipes.
・If the analyzer aspirated the liquid into the nozzle:
- Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
- Disconnect the tube from the nozzle and blow air from the pipe of the nozzle to remove the
liquid.
(Check4) Make sure that the O-ring does not have any damage.
(Check5) Check the syringe.
(Check6) Check the adjustment of "Sample disk suction height". Refer to Section 7.2.9.1 "Sample disk
suction height".
(Check7) Check the cable connection.

DR70A board 1 - 8 straight 1 - 8 straight PRES4 board


IFPRES1

CN1 CN1
(PRES1)

(Check8) Check the CP70A board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-93


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.65 Code: E0150 - E0155


Error Name:
PF sensor error
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E0150: Auto gain setting error (The voltage of the sample level detection sensor is out of the
standard range.)
E0151: Offset data measuring error (abnormal response of the offset data measuring process)
E0152: Offset error (The offset data is beyond the peak value of the PF reference white plate.)
E0153: No peak detected (The peak value of the PF reference plate has not been detected.)
E0154: Base reading error (abnormal response of the base data measuring process)
E0155: LED control error (abnormal response of the LED control)

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
If it is unable to recover the error, the analyzer can be operated on the condition of "No PF unit
mode" by setting the DIP-SW on the CP70A board.
Refer to Section 6.2.1 "CP70A Board".

Possible Causes:
1. Dirty (stained) reference white plate
2. Malfunction of the sample level detection sensor (PSS board)
3. Malfunction of the LSAMP board
4. Cable disconnection
5. Malfunction of the CP70A board
6. Malfunction of the software

9-94 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PSS board: Remove the PF unit cover. Remove the PF suction pad.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the PSS board.


・Clean the surface of the sensor.
・If the board was wet with fluid, clean the board or replace it.
(Check2) Check the LSAMP board.
(Check3) Check the cable connection.

1 1 LSAMP 1 PSS board


CP70A board board CN1
2 2 2
CN6 CN1 CN2 (PSS)
3 IFLS 3 3
(IFLS) (LSAMP)
4 4 4
5 5
6 6

(Check4) Check the CP70A board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-95


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.66 Code: E0200, E0201


Error Name:
Feed motor error
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E0200: The home position sensor could not detect the interrupter after sending the command to
move during initialization. (The sensor is not detecting the interrupter.)
E0201: The home position sensor condition did not change after sending the command to move
during initialization. (The sensor is still detecting the interrupter.)

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Faulty sensor (PC9)
2. Cable disconnection
3. Malfunction of the DR70A board
4. Faulty slide feed motor (M3)
5. Malfunction of the CP70A board
6. Improper timing belt tension
7. Presence of foreign matter

9-96 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PC3: Remove the sample disk. On the slide transfer unit
◆ Access to the DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the PC3.


Check if the PC3 works or not by moving the slide transfer bar by hand.
Refer to the section “Mechanical test" > "Sensor" > "HP (home position) sensor".
Refer to Section 8.1.1.3 "HP (home position) sensor".
(Check2) Check the PC3 cable.

61 1(+5V)

IFPCA
62 2(GND)

PC3
DR70A board
63 3(PHIN) PC3
CN8
64 4(GND)

(Check3) Check the DR70A board. ( Slide feed motor: M3 )

(Check4) Check the CP70A board.


(Check5) Check the M3 cable.

DR70A board 34 1
CN7 36 2 M3
M3,13

M3

38 3
40 4

(Check6) Check the timing belt tension.


When the timing belt tension is too tight, the result may be an incorrect number of stepping
motor rotations.
In that case, adjust the belt tension.
(Check7) Check that no foreign matter is present.
Check that no foreign matter is present to interfere with the operation of the slide feed motor
(transfer bar).
Clean the disposal box.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-97


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.67 Code: E0202


Error Name:
Feed motor error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The software could not control the feed motor.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
Power off and on. Replace the board.

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the CP70A board
2. Malfunction of the software

Check Points:

9-98 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.68 Code: E0205, E0206


Error Name:
Slide eject motor error
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E0205: The home position sensor could not detect the interrupter after sending the command to
move during initialization. (The sensor is not detecting the interrupter.)
E0206: The home position sensor condition did not change after sending the command to move
during initialization. (The sensor is still detecting the interrupter.)

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Faulty sensor (PC17)
2. Cable disconnection
3. Malfunction of the DR70A board
4. Faulty slide eject motor (M17)
5. Malfunction of the CP70A board
6. Improper timing belt tension
7. Presence of foreign matter

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-99


9. Troubleshooting

Check Points:
◆ Access to the PC17: Remove the main chassis (front) cover. The PC17 is mounted on the slide eject
unit.
◆ Access to the DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the PC17.


Check if the PC17 works or not by moving the slide eject bar by hand.
Refer to the section "Mechanical test" > "Sensor" > "HP (home position) sensor".
Refer to Section 8.1.1.3 "HP (home position) sensor".
(Check2) Check the PC17 cable.

1 1(+5V)

IFPCB
DR70A board 2 2(PHIN)
CN8 3 3(GND) PC17

(Check3) Check the DR70A board. (Slide eject motor: M17)


(Check4) Check the CP70A board.
(Check5) Check the M17 cable.

3 1
DR70A board 2 2
CN6 4 3 M17
M17

7 4
5 5
8 6

(Check6) Check the timing belt tension.


When the timing belt tension is too tight, the result may be an incorrect number of stepping
motor rotations.
In that case, adjust the belt tension.

(Check7) Check that no foreign matter is present.


Check that no foreign matter is present to interfere with the operation of the slide eject motor
(eject bar).

9-100 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.69 Code: E0207


Error Name:
Slide eject motor error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The software could not control the feed motor.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
Power off and on. Replace the board.

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the CP70A board
2. Malfunction of the software

Check Points:

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-101


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.70 Code: E0300


Error Name:
Gain error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The A/D reading value during the gain setting (gain = n) is outside of the range (25800 - 30200).

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Degraded light source.
2. Degraded interference filter
3. Malfunction of the RWP
4. Malfunction of the power supply
5. Defective fiber cable
6. Malfunction of the LHA-AMP board
7. Malfunction of the CP70A board
8. Loose connection

9-102 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the light source lamp: Remove the disposal box and open the lamp unit cover.
◆ Access to the RBP/RWP: Remove the incubator cover and the upper incubator.
◆ Access to the photometer head: Remove the RBP/RWP.

(Check1) Check the cumulative illumination time of the lamp using Mode 23.
(Check2) Clean the lamp unit and the interference filter.
(Check3) Clean the RBP/RWP and the photometer head.
(Check4) Check the lamp voltage is within the acceptable range.
(Check5) Check the degradation of the fiber cable.
(Check6) Check the LHA-AMP board.
(Check7) Check the CP70A board.
(Check8) Check for loose connection.

LAMP
power supply 1 IFLAMP 1
CN4 3 2

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-103


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.71 Code: E0301, E0302


Error Name:
Photometer cleaning error
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E0301: The A/D reading value of RBP during the gain setting (gain = n) exceeds 25800.
E0302: The A/D reading value (600nm) at the light shielding position during the gain setting
(gain = n) exceeds 25800.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the RBP/RWP
2. Degraded light source
3. Degraded interference filter
4. Malfunction of the power supply
5. Loose connection
6. Malfunction of the LHA-AMP board
7. Malfunction of the CP70A board
8. Defective fiber cable

9-104 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the light source lamp: Remove the disposal box and open the lamp unit cover.
◆ Access to the RBP/RWP: Remove the incubator cover and the upper incubator.
◆ Access to the photometer head: Remove the RBP/RWP.

(Check1) Clean the RBP/RWP and the photometer head.


(Check2) Clean the lamp unit and the interference filter.
(Check3) Check the cumulative illumination time of the lamp using Mode 23.
(Check4) Check the lamp voltage is within the acceptable range.
(Check5) Check the degradation of the fiber cable.
(Check6) Check the LHA-AMP board.
(Check7) Check the CP70A board.
(Check8) Check for loose connection.

LAMP
power supply 1 IFLAMP 1
CN4 3 2

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-105


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.72 Code: E0400


Error Name:
Slide insertion error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
In the slide insertion process, the slide insertion sensor (PC18) is detecting the interrupter at the
slide insertion waiting position or the slide insertion position or the slide insertion waiting position
after the slide insertion process.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.
The test results for the slides in the incubator are printed as "error".

Recovery:
Turn the power off. Remove the slides from the analyzer and turn the power on.

Possible Causes:
1. Overflowed slides in the disposal box
2. Malfunction of the incubator
3. Faulty sensor (PC18)
4. Cable disconnection
5. Slide malfunction.
6. Malfunction of the DR70A board
7. Faulty slide feed motor (M3)
8. Malfunction of the CP70A board
9. Improper timing belt tension
10. Presence of foreign matter

9-106 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PC 18: Remove the sample disk. On the slide transfer unit.
◆ Access to the DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the slides in the disposal box.


Turn the power off, and remove the upper incubator to check the error condition (e.g., jamming
situation, the stopping position of the slide transfer bar). Empty the disposal box.
Check the tip eject part for the tip jamming. Check if the slide in the disposal box interferes with
the incubator.
(Check2) Check the PC18.
Check if the PC18 works or not by moving the slide transfer bar by hand. Refer to the section
"Mechanical test" > "Sensor" > "HP (home position) sensor".
Refer to Section 8.1.1.3 "HP (home position) sensor".
(Check3) Check the PC 18 cable.
37 IFPCA 1(+5V)
2(GND)

PC18
38
DR70A board
39 3(PHIN) PC18
CN8
40 4(GND)

(Check4) Check the slide.


Possible causes: Improper package mounting, residual flash, warping
(Check5) Check the incubator.
・Make sure that the slide pressure plates move smoothly up and down.
・Check the mechanical alignment (height and horizontal) of the sample disk, the slide transfer
base, the tip eject part and the incubator's cells. Perform the adjustment if required.
(Check6) Check the DR70A board. (Slide feed motor: M3)
(Check7) Check the CP70A board.
(Check8) Check the M3 cable.

DR70A board 34 1
CN7 36 2 M3
M3,13

M3

38 3
40 4

(Check9) Check the timing belt tension.


When the timing belt tension is too tight, the result may be an incorrect number of stepping
motor rotations.
In that case, adjust the belt tension.
(Check10) Check that no foreign matter is present.
Check that no foreign matter is present to interfere with the operation of the slide feed motor
(transfer bar).

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-107


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.73 Code: E0401


Error Name:
Slide discard error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
During the slide discard process, an error in the home position initializing operation has occurred.
The sensor (PC17) could not detect the interrupter or remains to detect the interrupter. Or the
sensor (PC17) could not detect the interrupter during the HP initializing operation after the slide
discard process.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start. The test results for the slides in the incubator become error.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Faulty sensor (PC17)
2. Cable disconnection
3. Malfunction of the DR70A board
4. Faulty slide eject motor (M17)
5. Malfunction of the CP70A board
6. Improper timing belt tension
7. Presence of foreign matter

9-108 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PC17: Remove the sample disk. The PC17 is mounted on the slide eject unit.
◆ Access to the DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the PC17.


Check if the PC17 works or not by moving the slide eject bar by hand. Refer to the section
"Mechanical test" > "Sensor" > "HP (home position) sensor".
Refer to Section 8.1.1.3 "HP (home position) sensor".
(Check2) Check the PC17 cable.
1 1(+5V)

IFPCB
DR70A board 2 2(PHIN)
CN8 3 3(GND) PC17

(Check3) Check the DR70A board. (Slide eject motor: M17)


(Check4) Check the CP70A board.
(Check5) Check the M17 cable.

3 1
DR70A board 2 2
CN6 4 3 M17
M17

7 4
5 5
8 6

(Check6) Check the timing belt tension.


When the timing belt tension is too tight, the result may be an incorrect number of stepping
motor rotations.
In that case, adjust the belt tension.

(Check7) Check that no foreign matter is present.


Check that no foreign matter is present to interfere with the operation of the slide eject motor
(eject bar).

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-109


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.74 Code: E0402


Error Name:
Slide transfer error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The slide insertion sensor (PC18) could not detect the interrupter after sending the command to
move during the slide insertion operation.

Movement after Error:


Testing is continued. Additional tests cannot be performed.

Recovery:
Turn off the power after all of the measurements in the incubator are completed. Remove the slide
in the spotting part and turn the power on.

Possible Causes:
1. Faulty sensor (PC18)
2. Cable disconnection
3. Slide malfunction.
4. Malfunction of the transfer unit
5. Malfunction of the DR70A board
6. Faulty slide feed motor (M3)
7. Malfunction of the CP70A board
8. Improper timing belt tension
9. Presence of foreign matter

9-110 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PC3: Remove the sample disk. On the slide transfer unit
◆ Access to the DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the PC18.


Check if the PC18 works or not by moving the slide transfer bar by hand.
Refer to the section "Mechanical test" > "Sensor" > "HP (home position) sensor".
Refer to Section 8.1.1.3 "HP (home position) sensor".
(Check2) Check the PC 18 cable.
37 1(+5V)

IFPCA
2(GND)

PC18
38
DR70A board
39 3(PHIN) PC18
CN8
40 4(GND)

(Check3) Check the slide.


Possible causes: Improper package mounting, residual flash, warping
(Check4) Check the slide transfer unit.
Turn the power off, and remove the spotting part cover to observe the error condition.
・Make sure that the slide cartridge and the slide weight are placed properly.
・Make sure that the slide transfer weight is placed properly.
Check the mechanical alignment (height and horizontal) of the sample disk, the slide transfer
unit (including the transfer change frame), the tip eject part and the incubator's cells.
Perform the adjustments if required.
(Check5) Check the DR70A board. (Slide feed motor: M3)
(Check6) Check the CP70A board.
(Check7) Check the M3 cable.

DR70A board 34 1
CN7 36 2 M3
M3,13

M3

38 3
40 4

(Check8) Check the timing belt tension.


When the timing belt tension is too tight, the result may be an incorrect number of stepping
motor rotations.
In that case, adjust the belt tension.
(Check9) Check that no foreign matter is present.
Check that no foreign matter is present to interfere with the operation of the slide feed motor
(transfer bar).

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-111


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.75 Code: E0500


Error Name:
Date error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The date has been reset. (The real time clock IC has not been backed up.)

Movement after Error:


Testing can start.
Recovery:
Run Mode 20 to set the date and the time.
Possible Causes:
1. The power of the analyzer is being turned off for a long time (more than 2 months).
2. Malfunction of the CP70A board

Check Points:
(Check1) Check the CP70A board.
Run Mode 20 to set the date and the time. Turn the power off. After a while, turn on the power.
If the error still occurs, replace the board.

9-112 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.76 Code: E0501


Error Name:
RTC error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
RTC setting error
Failed to store the date and the time.

Movement after Error:


Testing can start.
Recovery:
Run Mode 20 to set the date and the time.
Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the CP70A board

Check Points:
(Check1) Check the CP70A board.
Run Mode 20 to set the date and the time. Turn the power off. After a while, turn on the power.
If the error still occurs, replace the board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-113


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.77 Code: E0510


Error Name:
A/D conversion error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The A/D conversion for the CM test reading did not complete.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start. The test results for the slides in the incubator become error.

Recovery:
If this error still occurs after turning power off and on, replace the CP70A board.

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the CP70A board
2. Malfunction of the software

Check Points:
(Check1) Check the CP70A board.

9-114 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.78 Code: E0511


Error Name:
RWP reading error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
RWP reading (A/D) is outside of the range (25800 - 30200).

Movement after Error:


Testing is continued. The warning indication "?" is added on the test results for the slides which
were being measured in the incubator at the time the error occurred.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Degraded light source.
2. Malfunction of light source (lens, filters)
3. Malfunction of the RWP
4. Malfunction of the power supply
5. Defective fiber cable
6. Malfunction of the LHA-AMP board
7. Malfunction of the CP70A board
8. Step out of the incubator rotation

Check Points:
◆ Access to the light source lamp: Open the light source cover.
◆ Access to the Reference White Plate: Remove the incubator block and then the RBP/RWP ASSY.

(Check1) Check the cumulative illumination time of the lamp using Mode 23.
(Check2) Check the lamp unit and the interference filter. (Proper mounting, no loose screws, no stains)
(Check3) Check the RBP/RWP, and the photometer head. (Proper mounting, no loose screws, no stains,
no dust)
(Check4) Check the lamp voltage is within the acceptable range. Refer to Section 8.3.3 "Voltage Check of
the Power Supply".
(Check5) Check the degradation of the fiber cable.
(Check6) Check the LHA-AMP board.
(Check7) Check the CP70AP board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-115


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.79 Code: E0512


Error Name:
RBP reading error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
RBP reading (A/D) exceeds 25800.

Movement after Error:


Testing is continued.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the RBP/RWP
2. Degraded light source
3. Degraded interference filter
4. Malfunction of the power supply
5. Loose connection
6. Malfunction of the LHA-AMP board
7. Malfunction of the CP70A board
8. Defective fiber cable

9-116 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the light source lamp: Remove the disposal box and open the lamp unit cover.
◆ Access to the RBP/RWP: Remove the incubator cover and the upper incubator.
◆ Access to the photometer head: Remove the RBP/RWP.

(Check1) Clean the RBP/RWP and the photometer head.


(Check2) Clean the lamp unit and the interference filter.
(Check3) Check the cumulative illumination time of the lamp using Mode 23.
(Check4) Check the lamp voltage is within the acceptable range.
(Check5) Check the degradation of the fiber cable.
(Check6) Check the LHA-AMP board.
(Check7) Check the CP70A board.
(Check8) Check for loose connection.

LAMP
power supply 1
IFLAMP 1
CN4 3 2

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-117


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.80 Code: E0520


Error Name:
Motor setup error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
Failed to set up the parameters for the motor control.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
Initialize the specific motor parameters of the motors. Replace the CP70A board

Possible Causes:
1. Incorrect specific parameters.
2. Malfunction of the CP70A board

Check Points:
(Check1) Check the specific parameters of the motors.
Run Mode 107 to initialize the specific parameters and then restart.

9-118 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.81 Code: E0521 - E0522


Error Name:
Motor setup error
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E0521: Failed to set up the ID information for the motor control.
E0522: Failed to reset the motor control.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
Replace the CP70A board

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the CP70A board

Check Points:

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-119


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.82 Code: E0523


Error Name:
Motor setup error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
Failed to set up the speed parameters for the motor control.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
Initialize the specific motor parameters of the motors. Replace the CP70A board

Possible Causes:
1. Incorrect specific parameters.
2. Malfunction of the CP70A board

Check Points:
(Check1) Check the specific parameters of the motors.
Run Mode 107 to initialize the specific parameters and then restart.

9-120 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.83 Code: E0530


Error Name:
PM self-test error (gain)
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The gain setting error has occurred during the PM self-test.

Movement after Error:


The PM tests cannot start.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the EPM board
2. Malfunction of the CP70A board
3. Malfunction of the power supply
4. Cable disconnection

Check Points:
◆ Access to the EPM board: On the PM unit
Remove the disposal box and remove the EPM board cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the measured voltage.


Turn on the power while pressing the “8” key to enter the voltage print out mode and perform
PM tests. Check the printed self-test voltage. The self-test voltage should be within the range
(196 - 220 mV).
(Check2) Check the EPM board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-121


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.84 Code: E0531


Error Name:
PM self-test error (offset)
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The offset error has occurred during the PM self-test.

Movement after Error:


The PM tests cannot start.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the EPM board
2. Malfunction of the CP70A board
3. Malfunction of the power supply
4. Cable disconnection

Check Points:
◆ Access to the EPM board: On the PM unit
Remove the disposal box and remove the EPM board cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the measured voltage.


Turn on the power while pressing the “8” key to enter the voltage print out mode and perform
PM tests. Check the printed offset voltage.
The offset voltage should be within the range (-1.0 to +1.0 mV).

9-122 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.85 Code: E0532


Error Name:
A/D conversion error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The A/D conversion for the PM test reading has not been completed.

Movement after Error:


The PM tests cannot start.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the EPM board
2. Malfunction of the CP70A board

Check Points:
◆ Access to the EPM board: On the PM unit
Remove the disposal box and remove the EPM board cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Replace the EPM board.


(Check2) Replace the CP70A board.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-123


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.86 Code: E0540


Error Name:
Slide identification self test error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
Failed to perform the self-test of slide identification.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
Turn off and on the power.

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the LP70A board
2. Malfunction of the CC70A board
3. Malfunction of CCD light source (LED)
4. Cable disconnection
5. Malfunction of the sample disk
6. The unit was exposed to bright light.

9-124 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the CCD light source (LED): Remove the sample disk.
◆ Access to the LR70A board and CC70A board: Remove the sample disk and the transfer unit.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the identification process.


Run "Mechanical test" > "Lot identification" > "Reading test" to check the lighting condition of
the LED and the result of the reading. Refer to Section 8.1.6.2 "Reading test".
(Check2) Check the cable connection.

LR70A board
DR70A board 1(+5V)
2(GND) LED
IFLR

LR
CN12 CN1 CN2 3(+5V)
4(GND) LED

1 - 10 straight CN4
1 - 12 straight

CC70A board
CN1

(Check3) Check the boards. (CC70A, LR70A, DR70A)


(Check4) Check the environmental conditions such as bright light.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-125


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.87 Code: E0600, E0601


Error Name:
Incubator motor error
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E0600: The home position sensor could not detect the interrupter after sending the command to
move during initialization. (The sensor is not detecting the interrupter.)
E0601: The home position sensor condition did not change after sending the command to move
during initialization. (The sensor is still detecting the interrupter.)

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Faulty sensor (PC10)
2. Cable disconnection
3. Malfunction of the DR70A board
4. Malfunction of the incubator motor M10
5. Malfunction of the CP70A board
6. Improper timing belt tension
7. Presence of foreign matter

9-126 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PC10: Remove the main chassis (front) cover. On the mechanical unit
◆ Access to the DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the PC10.


Check if the PC10 works or not by turning the incubator by hand.
Refer to the section "Mechanical test" > "Sensor" > "HP (home position) sensor".
Refer to Section 8.1.1.3 "HP (home position) sensor".
(Check2) Check the PC10 cable.
25 1(+5V)

IFPCB
DR70A board 27 2(PHIN)
CN8 26 3(GND) PC10

(Check3) Check the DR70A board. (Incubator motor: M10)


(Check4) Check the CP70A board.
(Check5) Check the M10 cable.

DR70A board 33 1
CN7 35 2 M10
M10

37 3
39 4

(Check6) Check the timing belt tension.


When the timing belt tension is too tight, the result may be an incorrect number of stepping
motor rotations.
In that case, adjust the belt tension.

(Check7) Check that no foreign matter is present.


Check that no foreign matter that interferes with the incubator is present in the disposal box or
tip ejecting part.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-127


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.88 Code: E0602


Error Name:
Incubator motor error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The software could not control the motor.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
Power off and on. Replace the board.

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the CP70A board
2. Malfunction of the software

Check Points:

9-128 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.89 Code: E0700, E0701


Error Name:
Probe motor error
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E0700: The home position sensor could not detect the interrupter after sending the command to
move during initialization. (The sensor is not detecting the interrupter.)
E0701: The home position sensor condition did not change after sending the command to move
during initialization. (The sensor is still detecting the interrupter.)

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Faulty sensor (PC11)
2. Cable disconnection
3. Malfunction of the DR70A board
4. Faulty probe motor (M11)
5. Malfunction of the CP70A board
6. Mechanical malfunction
7. Presence of foreign matter

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-129


9. Troubleshooting

Check Points:
◆ Access to the PC11: On the PM unit
◆ Access to the DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the PC11.


Check if the PC11 works or not by moving the probe unit up and down.
Refer to the section "Mechanical test" > "Sensor" > "HP sensor" or "Mechanical test" > "Motor".
("8.1.1.3 HP (home position) sensor" , "8.1.8 Motor")
(Check2) Check the PC11 cable.
5 1(+5V)

IFPCB
2(GND)

PC11
6
DR70A board
7 3(PHIN) PC11
CN8
8 4(GND)

(Check3) Check the DR70A board. (Probe motor: M11)


(Check4) Check the CP70A board.
(Check5) Check the M11 cable.

11 1
DR70A board 10 2
CN6 12 3 M11
IFM11

M11

15 4
14 5
16 6

(Check6) Check that no foreign matter is present.


Check that no foreign matter is present to interfere with the probe vertical operation.

9-130 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.90 Code: E0702


Error Name:
Probe motor error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The software could not control the motor.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
Power off and on. Replace the board.

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the CP70A board
2. Malfunction of the software

Check Points:

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-131


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.91 Code: E0900, E0901


Error Name:
Filter motor error
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E0900: The home position sensor could not detect the interrupter after sending the command to
move during initialization. (The sensor is not detecting the interrupter.)
E0901: The home position sensor condition did not change after sending the command to move
during initialization. (The sensor is still detecting the interrupter.)

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Faulty sensor (PC5)
2. Cable disconnection
3. Malfunction of the DR70A board
4. Faulty filter motor M5
5. Malfunction of the CP70A board
6. Mechanical malfunction

9-132 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PC5: Remove the light source unit cover, the lamp, and the cover (filter unit).
◆ Access to the DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the PC5.


Check if the PC5 works or not by turning the filter wheel.
Refer to the section "Mechanical test" > "Sensor" > "HP (home position) sensor".
("8.1.1.3 HP (home position) sensor" , "8.1.8 Motor")
(Check2) Check the PC5 cable.
9 1(+5V)
10 2(GND)

PC5
DR70A board
11 3(PHIN) PC5
CN8
12 4(GND)

(Check3) Check the DR70A board. (Filter motor: M5)


(Check4) Check the CP70A board.
(Check5) Check the M5 cable.

19 1
DR70A board 18 2
CN6 20 3 M5
M5

23 4
22 5
24 6

(Check6) Check that no foreign matter is present.


Check that no foreign matter is present to interfere with the operation of the filter wheel rotation.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-133


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.92 Code: E0902


Error Name:
Filter motor error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The software could not control the motor.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
Power off and on. Replace the board.

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the CP70A board
2. Malfunction of the software

Check Points:

9-134 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
9.3.93 Code: E1000, E1001
Error Name:
Vertical movement error of the sampler (sample)
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E1000: The home position sensor could not detect the interrupter after sending the command to
move during initialization. (The sensor is not detecting the interrupter.)
E1001: The home position sensor condition did not change after sending the command to move
during initialization. (The sensor is still detecting the interrupter.)

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start. Pressing the START key at the error display state can activate the manual
pipetting mode.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Faulty sensor (PC8)
2. Cable disconnection
3. Malfunction of the DR70A board
4. Faulty sampler nozzle vertical motor (M8)
5. Malfunction of the CP70A board
6. Improper timing belt tension
7. Mechanical malfunction

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-135


9. Troubleshooting

Check Points:
◆ Access to the PC8: Remove the sampler nozzle cover.
◆ Access to the DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the PC8.


Check if the PC8 works or not by sliding the sampler nozzle (for sample) by hand.
Refer to the section "Mechanical test" > "Sensor" > "HP (home position) sensor".
("8.1.1.3 HP (home position) sensor" , "8.1.8 Motor")
(Check2) Check the PC8 cable.
17 1(+5V)

FXCN1

FXCN2
IFPCD
18 2(GND)

PC8
DR70A board 3(PHIN)
19 PC8
CN8 4(GND)
20

(Check3) Check the DR70A board. (Sample nozzle vertical motor: M8)
(Check4) Check the CP70A board.
(Check5) Check the M8 cable.

DR70A board 1 1
CN7
FXCN1

FXCN2
IFM8,1

3 2 M8
5 3
7 4

(Check6) Check the timing belt tension.


When the timing belt tension is too tight, the result may be an incorrect number of stepping
motor rotations.
In that case, adjust the belt tension.

(Check7) Check that no foreign matter is present.


Check that no foreign matter is present to interfere with the sample nozzle vertical operation.
(e.g. piping tubes)

9-136 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.94 Code: E1002


Error Name:
Vertical movement error of the sampler (sample)
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The software could not control the motor.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
Power off and on. Replace the board.

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the CP70A board
2. Malfunction of the software

Check Points:

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-137


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.95 Code: E1010, E1011


Error Name:
Vertical movement error of the sampler (reference fluid)
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E1010: The home position sensor could not detect the interrupter after sending the command to
move during initialization. (The sensor is not detecting the interrupter.)
E1011: The home position sensor condition did not change after sending the command to move
during initialization. (The sensor is still detecting the interrupter.)

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start. Pressing the START key at the error display state can activate the manual
pipetting mode.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Faulty sensor (PC1)
2. Cable disconnection
3. Malfunction of the DR70A board
4. Faulty reference nozzle vertical motor (M1)
5. Malfunction of the CP70A board
6. Improper timing belt tension
7. Mechanical malfunction

9-138 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PC1: Remove the sampler unit cover.
◆ Access to the DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the PC1.


Check if the PC1 works or not by sliding the sampler nozzle (for reference fluid) by hand.
Refer to the section "Mechanical test" > "Sensor" > "HP (home position) sensor".
("8.1.1.3 HP (home position) sensor")
(Check2) Check the PC1 cable.
17 1(+5V)

FXCN1

FXCN2
IFPCD
18 2(GND)

PC8
DR70A board 3(PHIN)
19 PC8
CN8 4(GND)
20

(Check3) Check the DR70A board. (Reference nozzle vertical motor: M1)
(Check4) Check the CP70A board.
(Check5) Check the M1 cable.

DR70A board 17 1
CN7
FXCN1

FXCN2

19
IFM8,1

2 M1
M1

21 3
23 4

(Check6) Check the timing belt tension.


When the timing belt tension is too tight, the result may be an incorrect number of stepping
motor rotations.
In that case, adjust the belt tension.

(Check7) Check that no foreign matter is present.


Check that no foreign matter is present to interfere with the sampler nozzle vertical
operation(for reference fluid). (e.g. piping tubes)

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-139


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.96 Code: E1012


Error Name:
Vertical movement error of the sampler (reference fluid)
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The software could not control the motor.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
Power off and on. Replace the board.

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the CP70A board
2. Malfunction of the software

Check Points:

9-140 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.97 Code: E1100, E1101


Error Name:
Sampler motor error (horizontal)
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E1100: The home position sensor could not detect the interrupter after sending the command to
move during initialization. (The sensor is not detecting the interrupter.)
E1101: The home position sensor condition did not change after sending the command to move
during initialization. (The sensor is still detecting the interrupter.)

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start. Pressing the START key at the error display state can activate the manual
pipetting mode.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Faulty sensor (PC9)
2. Cable disconnection
3. Malfunction of the DR70A board
4. Faulty reference nozzle vertical motor (M9)
5. Malfunction of the CP70A board
6. Improper timing belt tension
7. Mechanical malfunction

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-141


9. Troubleshooting

Check Points:
◆ Access to the PC9: On the sampler unit
◆ Access to the DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the PC9.


Check if the PC9 works or not by moving the sampler horizontally.
Refer to the section "Mechanical test" > "Sensor" > "HP (home position) sensor".
("8.1.1.3 HP (home position) sensor")
(Check2) Check the PC9 cable.
21 1(+5V)

IFPC9
DR70A board 23 2(PHIN)
CN8 22 3(GND) PC9

(Check3) Check the DR70A board. (Sampler horizontal motor: M9)

(Check4) Check the CP70A board.


(Check5) Check the M9 cable.

DR70A board 9 1
CN7 11 2 M9
M9

13 3
15 4

(Check6) Check the timing belt tension.


When the timing belt tension is too tight, the result may be an incorrect number of stepping
motor rotations.
In that case, adjust the belt tension.

(Check7) Check that no foreign matter is present.


Check if the cable guide (caterpillar) does not interfere with the sampler horizontal movement.

9-142 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.98 Code: E1102


Error Name:
Sampler motor error (horizontal)
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The software could not control the motor.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
Power off and on. Replace the board.

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the CP70A board
2. Malfunction of the software

Check Points:

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-143


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.99 Code: E1200, E1201


Error Name:
Syringe motor error
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E1200: The home position sensor could not detect the interrupter after sending the command to
move during initialization. (The sensor is not detecting the interrupter.)
E1201: The home position sensor condition did not change after sending the command to move
during initialization. (The sensor is still detecting the interrupter.)

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start. Pressing the START key at the error display state can activate the manual
pipetting mode.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Faulty sensor (PC16)
2. Cable disconnection
3. Malfunction of the DR70A board
4. Faulty syringe motor (M16)
5. Malfunction of the CP70A board
6. Improper timing belt tension
7. Mechanical malfunction

9-144 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PC16: On the syringe unit
◆ Access to the DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the PC16.


Check if the PC16 works or not by sliding the sampler by hand.
Refer to the section "Mechanical test" > "Sensor" > "HP (home position) sensor".
("8.1.1.3 HP (home position) sensor")
(Check2) Check the PC9 cable.
33 1(+5V)
2(GND)

PC16
34
DR70A board
35 3(PHIN) PC16
CN8
36 4(GND)

(Check3) Check the DR70A board. (Syringe motor: M16)


(Check4) Check the CP70A board.
(Check5) Check the M16 cable.

DR70A board 25 1
CN7 27 2 M16
M16

31 3
29 4

(Check6) Check the timing belt tension.


When the timing belt tension is too tight, the result may be an incorrect number of stepping
motor rotations.
In that case, adjust the belt tension.

(Check7) Check that no foreign matter is present.


Check that no foreign matter is present to interfere with the syringe operation.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-145


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.100 Code: E1202


Error Name:
Syringe motor error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The software could not control the motor.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
Power off and on. Replace the board.

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the CP70A board
2. Malfunction of the software

Check Points:

9-146 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.101 Code: E1300, E1301


Error Name:
PF motor error
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E1300: The home position sensor could not detect the interrupter after sending the command to
move during initialization. (The sensor is not detecting the interrupter.)
E1301: The home position sensor condition did not change after sending the command to move
during initialization. (The sensor is still detecting the interrupter.)

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Faulty sensor (PC12)
2. Cable disconnection
3. Malfunction of the DR70A board
4. Faulty PF motor (M12)
5. Malfunction of the CP70A board
6. Improper timing belt tension
7. Mechanical malfunction

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-147


9. Troubleshooting

Check Points:
◆ Access to the PC12: On the PF unit
◆ Access to the DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the PC12.


Check if the PC12 works or not by detecting interrupter.
Refer to the section "Mechanical test" > "Sensor" > "HP (home position) sensor".
("8.1.1.3 HP (home position) sensor")
(Check2) Check the PC12 cable.
41 1(+5V)

IFPC12

PC12
DR70A board 43 2(PHIN)
CN8 42 3(GND) PC12

(Check3) Check the DR70A board. (PF motor: M12)


(Check4) Check the CP70A board.
(Check5) Check the M12 cable.

47 1
DR70A board 48 2
CN6 46 3 M12
IFM12

M12

43 4
44 5
42 6

(Check6) Check the timing belt tension.


When the timing belt tension is too tight, the result may be an incorrect number of stepping
motor rotations.
In that case, adjust the belt tension.

(Check7) Check that no foreign matter is present.


Check that no foreign matter is present to interfere with the PF vertical movement.

9-148 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.102 Code: E1302


Error Name:
PF motor error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The software could not control the motor.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
Power off and on. Replace the board.

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the CP70A board
2. Malfunction of the software

Check Points:

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-149


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.103 Code: E1400, E1401


Error Name:
Transfer change motor error
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E1400: The home position sensor could not detect the interrupter after sending the command to
move during initialization. (The sensor is not detecting the interrupter.)
E1401: The home position sensor condition did not change after sending the command to move
during initialization. (The sensor is still detecting the interrupter.)

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
If this error is caused by the faulty setting of the slide transfer weight or by the foreign matter
existence on the tip eject part or the spotting part, turn on the power during pressing the STAT key
to enter the stat-cleaning mode. After removing the foreign matter, turn off and on the power.

Possible Causes:
1. Faulty slide transfer weight setting
2. Slide jam
3. Faulty sensor (PC6)
4. Cable disconnection
5. Malfunction of the DR70A board
6. Faulty transfer change motor (M6)
7. Malfunction of the CP70A board
8. Improper timing belt tension
9. Mechanical malfunction

9-150 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the PC 6: On the transfer unit
◆ Access to the DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the PC6.


Check if the PC6 works or not by operating the transfer unit.
Refer to the section "Mechanical test" > "Sensor" > "HP (home position) sensor".
("8.1.1.3 HP (home position) sensor")
(Check2) Check the PC 6 cable.
53 1(+5V)
54 2(GND)

PC6
DR70A board
55 3(PHIN) PC6
CN8
56 4(GND)

(Check3) Check the DR70A board. (Transfer change motor: M6)


(Check4) Check the CP70A board.
(Check5) Check the M6 cable.

DR70A board 2 1
CN7 4 2 M6
M6

6 3
8 4

(Check6) Check the timing belt tension.


When the timing belt tension is too tight, the result may be an incorrect number of stepping
motor rotations.
In that case, adjust the belt tension.

(Check7) Check that no foreign matter is present.


Make sure that no foreign matter (tips or slides) is present on the tip eject part, the spotting part,
and the PM unit.

(Check8) Check the slide transfer weight setting.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-151


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.104 Code: E1402


Error Name:
Transfer change motor error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The software could not control the motor.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
Power off and on. Replace the board.

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the CP70A board
2. Malfunction of the software

Check Points:

9-152 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.105 Code: E1500


Error Name:
CM temperature not ready
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
The analyzer is not ready to start CM tests after 30 minutes from turning on the power.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
To restart, turn the power off and on.

Possible Causes:
1. The thermistor in the incubator is disconnected.
2. The environment temperature is outside of the range.
3. Incorrect incubator installation.
4. The safety thermostat (overheat switch) has been activated (circuit disconnected).
5. Malfunction of the DR70A board
6. Defective fan

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-153


9. Troubleshooting

Check Points:
◆ Access to the thermostat: In the upper incubator
◆ Access to the thermistor: IFTH1 on the vertical panel (backside of the incubator cable connector)
◆ Access to the DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Reset the safety thermostat on the upper incubator and restart the analyzer.
(Check2) Measure the resistance of the thermistor using a circuit tester.
Pull out the IFTH1 cable from the vertical panel and measure the resistance between the pins
No.1 and No.2 of the cable.
Reference resistance:
<Temperature: 37 ℃ > Resistance : About 8KΩ
<Temperature: 25 ℃ > Resistance : About 12.5KΩ
(Check3) Check the room temperature using Mode 103.
(Check4) Check that the incubator is installed properly.
Make sure that the incubator and the incubator cover are installed properly and all 5 screws are
equally secured.
(Check5) Make sure that the fans operate properly.
Two fans on the rear side
A fan on the side of the sample disk
(Check6) Check the DR70A board.
Measure the voltage between the TP18 and the AGND using a circuit tester.
Reference voltage:
Temperature: 35 ℃ 37 ℃ 39 ℃
Voltage: 0 (V) 2.5V 5.0V

9-154 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.106 Code: E1502


Error Name:
Faulty CM thermistor
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The thermistor is disconnected.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start. The analyzer continues to measure the slides in the incubator (adding the "$"
mark on the test results).

Recovery:
To restart, turn the power off and on. Replace the incubator cable.

Possible Causes:
1. The thermistor in the incubator is disconnected (including incubator code disconnection).
2. Cable disconnection
3. Malfunction of the DR70A board

Check Points:
◆ Access to the thermistor: IFTH1 on the vertical panel (backside of the incubator cable connector)
◆ Access to the DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Measure the resistance of the thermistor using a circuit tester.


Pull out the IFTH1 cable from the vertical panel and measure the resistance between the pins
No.1 and No.2 of the cable.
Reference resistance:
<Temperature: 37 ℃ > Resistance : About 8KΩ
<Temperature: 25 ℃ > Resistance : About 12.5KΩ
<Temperature: 10 ℃ > Resistance : About 23KΩ
(Check2) Check the cable connection.
Make sure that the incubator cable is connected to the connectors.
Make sure that the IFTH1 cable is connected to the connector on the vertical panel.
(Check3) Check the DR70A board.
Measure the voltage between the TP19 and the AGND using a circuit tester.
If the measured voltage is over 150mV, replace the DR70A board.
(Check4) Check the incubator cable.
Check the electrical connection of both ends of the incubator cable using a circuit tester.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-155


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.107 Code: E1504


Error Name:
PM temperature not ready
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The analyzer is not ready to start PM tests after 30 minutes from turning on the power.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
To restart, turn the power off and on.

Possible Causes:
1. The thermistor in the incubator is disconnected.
2. The environment temperature is outside of the range.
3. Cable disconnection
4. Malfunction of the DR70A board
5. Defective fan

9-156 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting
Check Points:
◆ Access to the cable connector: IFTH1 on the vertical panel (backside of the incubator cable connector)
◆ Access to the DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the temperature sensor.


Checking the power of the sensor:
Between the pins No.1 and No.3 (at the connector of the sensor TH2): 5V
Checking the output of the sensor:
Between the pins No.2 and No.3 (at the connector of the sensor TH2): Temperature x 10mV
(Check2) Check the room temperature and the PM unit temperature using Mode 103.
Check the room temperature is within the specification (15 to 32 degrees centigrade).
Make sure that the PM temperature is over 5 degree centigrade. If the PM temperature is below
the temperature (5 ℃ ), possible causes are the defective thermistor or the cable disconnection.
(Check3) Make sure that the fans operates properly.
Two fans on the rear side
A fan on the side of the sample disk
(Check4) Check the DR70A board.
Measure the voltage between the U36-5 and AGND using a circuit tester.
Reference voltage:
Temperature: 0 ℃ 20 ℃ 30 ℃
Voltage: 0 (V) 200mV 300mV
Measure the voltage between the TP23 and AGND using a circuit tester.
Reference voltage:
Temperature: 0 ℃ 20 ℃ 30 ℃
Voltage: 0 (V) 2.0(V) 3.0(V)

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-157


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.108 Code: E1520


Error Name:
Temperature control error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
Temperature control error occurred caused by E1500 - E151x.
Or the analyzer was not ready to start tests after 30 minutes from turning on the power.

Movement after Error:


Waiting a command of the START key (software reset).

Recovery:
To restart, turn the power off and on.

Possible Causes:

Check Points:

(Check1) Recover the error (E1500 - E151x) which occurred before this error.

9-158 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.109 Code: E1600, E1601


Error Name:
Sample disk motor error
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
E1600: The home position sensor could not detect the interrupter after sending the command to
move during initialization. (The sensor is not detecting the interrupter.)
E1601: The home position sensor condition did not change after sending the command to move
during initialization. (The sensor is still detecting the interrupter.)

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:

Possible Causes:
1. Faulty sensor (PC13)
2. Cable disconnection
3. Malfunction of the DR70A board
4. Faulty sample disk motor (M13)
5. Malfunction of the CP70A board
6. Mechanical malfunction

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-159


9. Troubleshooting

Check Points:
◆ Access to the PC13: On the slide transfer unit under the sample disk
◆ Access to the DR70A board: Remove the rear cover.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the PC13.


Check if the PC13 works or not by turning the sample disk by hand.
Refer to the section "Mechanical test" > "Sensor" > "HP (home position) sensor".
(Check2) ) Check the PC13 cable.

57 1(+5V)

IFPCA
2(GND)

PC13
58
DR70A board
59 3(PHIN) PC13
CN8
30 4(GND)

(Check3) Check the DR70A board. (Sample disk motor: M13)

(Check4) Check the CP70A board.


(Check5) Check the M13 cable.

DR70A board 34 1
CN7 36 2 M13
M3,13

M3

38 3
40 4

(Check6) Check the timing belt tension.


When the timing belt tension is too tight, the result may be an incorrect number of stepping
motor rotations.
In that case, adjust the belt tension.

(Check7) Check that no foreign matter is present.


Check that no foreign matter is present to interfere with the sample disk rotation.
Check that no slides lunge out of the slide cartridge.
Check that no tips or slides are present under the sample disk.
Check if the sample tubes on the sample disk do not interfere with the sampler nozzle or the PF
unit.

9-160 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.110 Code: E1602


Error Name:
Sample disk motor error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The software could not control the motor.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
Power off and on. Replace the board.

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the CP70A board
2. Malfunction of the software

Check Points:

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-161


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.111 Code: E5000 - E5032


Error Name:
CF card data error
Error Description:

Error code Message Details


E5000 CF Card ERR Malfunction of the data in the CF card
Save ERR [QC info] QC (general) card information saving
E5001
error
Read ERR [QC info] QC (general) card information reading
E5002
error
E5003 Save ERR [QC info (ISE)] QC (ISE) card information saving error
E5004 Read ERR [QC info (ISE)] QC (ISE) card information reading error
Save ERR [test info] Test information (dilution factors, PF
E5005
calibration coefficients) saving error
Read ERR [test info] Test information (dilution factors, PF
E5006
calibration coefficients) reading error
Save ERR [coeff(a,b)] Correlation coefficients (a, b) saving
E5007
error
Read ERR [coeff(a,b)] Correlation coefficients (a, b) reading
E5008
error
Save ERR [coeff(j,k)] OD calibration coefficients (j, k) saving
E5009
error
Read ERR [coeff(j,k)] OD calibration coefficients (j, k) reading
E5010
error
Save ERR [coeff(l,m)] Concentration calibration coefficients (l,
E5011
m) saving error
Read ERR [coeff(l,m)] Concentration calibration coefficients (l,
E5012
m) reading error
Save ERR [PF ctrl info] PF control information (including lot No.)
E5013
saving error
Read ERR [PF ctrl info] PF control information (including lot No.)
E5014
reading error
E5015 Save ERR [ref intervals] Reference intervals saving error
E5016 Read ERR [ref intervals] Reference intervals reading error
E5017 Save ERR [ticket printer] Ticket printer information saving error
E5018 Read ERR [ticket printer] Ticket printer information reading error
Save ERR [parameter] Specific parameters saving error (serial
E5019 number, RBP/RWP, temperature control
parameters, etc.)

9-162 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

Error code Message Details

Read ERR [parameter] Specific parameter reading error (serial


E5020 number, RBP/RWP, temperature control
parameters, etc.)

Save ERR [motor para] Motor parameter (speed, adjustment


E5021
values) saving error

Read ERR [motor para] Motor parameter (speed, adjustment


E5022
values) reading error

Save ERR [INI info] Initial setting information saving error


(cumulative lamp illumination time,
E5023
consumable control, communication
settings, beep pattern settings, etc.)

Read ERR [INI info] Initial setting information reading error


Set tips (cumulative lamp illumination time,
E5024
Replace mix-cup consumable control, communication
settings, beep pattern settings, etc.)

Save ERR [ENV info] Tube settings (Diluent / Reference fluid)


E5025
saving error

Read ERR [ENV info] Tube settings (Diluent / Reference fluid)


E5026
reading error

E5027 Save ERR [RESULT data] Time course data saving error

E5028 Read ERR [RESULT data] Time course data reading error

E5029 Save ERR [reprint data] Reprint data saving error

E5030 Read ERR [RESULT data] Reprint data reading error

E5031 Save ERR [ERR info] Error log saving error

E5032 Read ERR [ERR info] Error log reading error

Read ERR [INI info] The analyzer has started up by using


E5034 Set tips backup files.
Replace mix-cup

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-163


9. Troubleshooting

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
Initialize the error data using Mode 104 and input the data again.
Read the QC cards and the PF card again for the QC and the PF information.

Possible Causes:
1. The power was shut down while storing the data.
2. Defective CF card
3. Malfunction of the CP70A board

Check Points:
(Check1) Initialize the data.
After resetting the destroyed data area using Mode 104, input the data again.
(Check2) Replace the CF card.
Replace the CF card on the CP70A board.
(Check3) Replace the CP70A board.
Refer to Section 7.1.29 "CP70A / DR70A Board".

9-164 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.112 Code: E5100


Error Name:
Printer error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
The printer is not ready to print. (Disconnection or malfunction of the printer)

Movement after Error:


Pressing the START key while "START: Printer off-line" is on the LCD enables to continue the
tests without using the printer temporally.
After recovering the printer, the test results can be printed out using Mode 26 (reprint function).

Recovery:
Power off and on.

Possible Causes:
1. Cable disconnection
2. Printer malfunction
3. Malfunction of the CP70A board

Check Points:

(Check1) Check the printer.


Check if the release lever is lifted, jammed paper is present, or any other foreign matter is
present to interrupt printing.
(Check2) Check the cable connection.

CP70A board Printer


CN10 (CNPRN)

Power supply
CN6
(PRN)

(Check3) Check the power supply.

(Check4) Replace the printer.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-165


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.113 Code: E5200


Error Name:
Impossible to continue testing
Printout Example:

Error Description:
A critical error has occurred (testing cannot continue).

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot start.

Recovery:
Power off and on. Set the consumables again (tips, mixing cups).

Possible Causes:

Check Points:

(Check1) Recover the error which occurred before this error.

9-166 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.114 Code: E5201 - E5203


Error Name:
CCD timeout error
Printout Examples:

Error Description:
A time-out error occurred on the communication with the CCD unit.
E5201:When the analyzer requested the CCD to initialize, a time-out error occurred.
E5202:When the analyzer requested the CCD to perform self-test, a time-out error occurred.
E5203:When the analyzer requested the CCD to read a slide information, a time-out error
occurred.

Movement after Error:


Testing cannot continue.

Recovery:
Power off and on.

Possible Causes:
1. Malfunction of the LR70A board
2. Cable disconnection
3. Malfunction of the CP70A board

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-167


9. Troubleshooting

Check Points:
◆ Access to the CCD light source (LED): Remove the sample disk.
◆ Access to the LR70A board and the CC70A board: Remove the sample disk and the transfer unit.
◆ Access to the CP70A board: Remove the rear cover.

(Check1) Check the slide detection process.


Run "Mechanical test" > "Lot identification" > "Reading test" to check the lighting condition of
the LED and the result of the reading.
Refer to Section 8.1.6.2 "Reading test".
(Check2) Check the cable connection.

LR70A board
DR70A board 1(+5V)
2(GND) LED
IFLR

LR
CN12 CN1 CN2 3(+5V)
4(GND) LED

1 - 10 straight CN4
1 - 12 straight

CC70A board
CN1

(Check3) Check the boards. (CC70A, LR70A, CP70A, DR70A)

9-168 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


9. Troubleshooting

9.3.115 Code: EFF01 - EFF0D


Error Name:
Calculation error
Printout Example:

Error Description:
Calculation error when calculating the analyte concentration

Error code Details


EFF01 Wrong calculation method has been assigned.
<Rate assay> When calculating optical density
EFF02 fading, a calculation error (divided by zero) has
occurred.
<Rate assay> When calculating ODt, a calculation
EFF03
error (divided by zero) has occurred.
EFF04 <Endpoint assay> Calculated relative time is zero.
<Endpoint assay> A result of approximate
EFF05
calculation is zero.
<2-points rate assay> A result of approximate
EFF06
calculation for time is zero.
<2 wavelengths assay> A result of approximate
EFF07
calculation for time is zero.
<CRP test> A result of approximate calculation for
EFF08
OD is zero.
<CRP test> When calculating X-axis, the result is
EFF09
zero.
<CRP2 test> A result of approximate calculation for
EFF0A
OD is zero.
EFF0B <CRP2 test> A result of conversion for dODt is zero.
EFF0C <CRP2 test> A result of conversion for ds is zero.
<CRP2 test> When calculating X-axis for optical
EFF0D
density fading calculation, the result is zero.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 9-169


9. Troubleshooting
Movement after Error:
The test result is printed as " *** ", and the warning "E" is added on the test result. The other
tests (no error) can be performed.

Recovery:
For the EFF01, check the QC information.
For others, analyze the time course data.

Possible Causes:
1. Abnormal sample (abnormal high value)
2. No sample spotting
3. Slide transfer malfunction
4. Abnormal value for the RBP

Check Points:
(Check1) Analyze the time course data.
Analyze the time course data of the error and check the followings:
- A/D value of the RBP is not abnormal high.
- A/D value of the sample is not abnormal low.
- Time intervals of the measurement are not abnormal.
(Check2) Check the adjustment of the incubator rotation (light spot position) and the slide transfer position
(light spot position).

9-170 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


10. FDC7000 Practical Troubleshooting

10. FDC7000 Practical Troubleshooting


10.1 Slide Transfer Troubles

(1) Case: Slide jam (A PM slide only remains in the


slide cartridge).
Error E0402 has occurred.
Cause:
Most possible cause is no slide weight placed
on top of the stacked slides.

(2) Case: A PM slide could not reach the spotting


position after the transfer.
No transfer error occurs, but the error of the PM
test results occurs.
Cause:
A: The PM slide has camber (bel ow the
standard).
B: The top of the transfer bar slips and goes
under the slide due to the low positioning of the
bar.
→ Lift the transfer bar a little by adjusting the
sample disk height. (Refer to Section 8.2.1
"Sample Disk Height Adjustment".)

Check:
The physical relationship between a slide and
the transfer bar can be checked by sliding the
bar's top out from the sample disk.(Removing
the main chassis covers is necessary for
observation.)
Check the physical relationship while setting a
slide cartridge.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 10-1


10. FDC7000 Practical Troubleshooting

(3) Case: Slide jam at the just front of the incubator

Error E0402 has occurred.


Cause:
A: The thumb screw of the tip eject part is
loosened (Not secured completely).
B: After the disposal box overflows with slides,
cleaning the box was performed, but cleaning
the incubator was not performed.

Once the disposal box overflows with slides,


s l i d e s m a y r e m a i n t o b e s ta c k e d i n t h e
incubator (inside) after discarding slides in the
disposal box. As the result, slide jam will occur
again.

C: The top of the transfer bar slips and goes


over the slide due to the high positioning of the
bar.

Check the gap between the bar and the guide


plate while sliding the bar's top until near the
incubator. About 0.3mm of gap is allowable.

When the gap is over the range:


→ Lower the transfer bar a little by adjusting the
sample disk height. (Refer to Section 8.2.1
"Sample Disk Height Adjustment".)

10-2 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


10. FDC7000 Practical Troubleshooting

(4) Case: Transfer error (A PM slide is transferred


to the CM incubator.)
When the spotting part cover gets wet by
overspilled liquid (sample or reference fluid) or
wrong spotting caused by case 2 (spotting
position failure), a PM slide is stuck to the
spotting part cover and will fail to be discarded.
The slide will be transferred to the CM incubator
to result a transfer error at the following spotting
process for the next PM slide.

Action: Clean the spotting part cover and the


transfer base.

(5) Case: The transfer errors (E0402, E0400) have


occured when transferring CM slides.

C a u s e : W h e n s a m pl e o r r e f e r e n c e f l u i d
overspills over the spotting part or the slide
cartridges.
After the liquids are dried out, the liquids
changes to solid material that results slide
transfer errors.
Check if no stains or soils are present around
the transfer route.

(6) Other check points:


Check if the magnets (adhesive bonding) are
not peeled off.

Check if the connectors located back of the PF


pump are locked securely.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 10-3


10. FDC7000 Practical Troubleshooting

10.2 PM Test Troubles


(1) Case: PM test result error has occured.

A: No reference fluid spotted onto the slide.


If air bubble is included in the reference fluid
when pouring the fluid into the tube, the sampler
aspirates the air bubble to result the errors of
the test results.
The 1.5 mL tube is recommended for reference
fluid. (The 0.5 mL tube easily includes air
bubble than 1.5 mL tube.)
B: No reference fluid spotted onto the slide.
If the used tube for reference fluid does not
match the setting of the analyzer, unspotted
fluid may occur.
Check the reference fluid setting of Mode 84
(test tube settings).

(2) Case: PM test result error has occured.

A: Dust sticks around the probes.


Clean the probes, referring to Section 5.3 in the
instruction manual.

B: The probes are not inserted into the ends of


the probe sockets. Check the probes insertion.

C: The reference fluid may be condensed by


evaporation.
Reference fluid should be replaced every 24
hours. Do not reuse used tubes and prevent
adding fluid into used tubes that contain
remaining fluid.

NOTE: Check if probe contact traces are


present on the electrodes of the slide for
analysis.

(3) Abnormal results (high / low)

High value for K


If a test tube containing EDTA is used, the result
will increase.
(About 8 mEq/L increase for K)

10-4 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


10. FDC7000 Practical Troubleshooting

10.3 PF Troubles
(1) PF sensor errors has occured.

A: The analyzer is exposed to outside light over


the specification.
If the analyzer is exposed to light other than
fluorescent light (max. 6000 lx), the error may
occur.
Check if incandescent lighting is used or if sun
light projects the analyzer.
Closing the sampler cover can reduce the effect
of the outside light.

B: Dirty PF sensor
If the surface of the PF sensor is soiled, the
error will occur.
Clean the surface of the PF sensor, referring to
Section 5.9.1 in the instruction manual.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 10-5


10. FDC7000 Practical Troubleshooting
(2) E0120 (No sample found) has occured during PF tests.

Group Cause Action


Instruction / Collection blood volume is Prepare sufficient volume of sample.
Usage insufficient. Required sample volume:
At least 6.5 mL for dia.16 x 100 mm tubes
At least 6 mL for dia.13 x 100 mm tubes
At least 3 mL for dia.13 x 75 mm tubes
Wrong sample rack assembly Reconfirm the sample rack assembly,
(spacer, pin, tube holder, label) referring to the instruction manual.
<In case of the FDC3500> Wrong assemblies (for example, spacer
setting upside down, or using different size of
the spacer) may result suction errors.
Test tubes out of the specification To prevent troubles, it is recommended to
are used. prepare the test tubes that are exclusively
Used test tube does not match used only for the FDC analyzer.
the sample rack type. Check if the recommended test tubes
containing Heparin are used.
Period between drawing and test Be sure to mix the sample (cap and turn it over
start is long. several times) in case of leaving the sample to
stand for a long time.
Start testing immediately after setting the
sample into the sample rack.
If blood cells are precipitated in a test tube,
obtained plasma volume may be insufficient.
Starting filtration after 3 minutes or later from
the mixing may decrease filtered plasma
volume.
Circumstance Exposed by sun light Light shielding
The analyzer is placed on the Place the analyzer in a horizontal position.
slope, particularly the PF suction Otherwise, filtered plasma may overflow from
part leans. the inner cup of the PF.
Sample Hematocrit value exceeds 55%. Reconsider the number of the tests.
High viscosity of the sample (Particularly, pay attention to PM tests which
need 50uL/test.)
If the hematocrit value is high, obtained
plasma volume will decrease.
About 185 uL (including 85 uL of un-aspirated
plasma) of plasma can be filtered from a
whole blood sample that hematocrit value is
55%.Maximally, about 350 uL of plasma can
be filtered from a whole blood sample that
hematocrit value is between 20% and 55%.

10-6 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


10. FDC7000 Practical Troubleshooting

Group Cause Action


Analyzer Dirty PF suction pad and related Clean the PF suction pad, the PF sensor, and
(including parts the PF reference white plate.
action for PF Perform leak check by using a PF leak check
leak error) tool (Mode 51).
Check the leak difference between before
cleaning and after.
If the leak value exceeds 80, a leak error will
occur. Normal leak value is from 10 to 40
(shipping standard: < 60).
* Real life of PF suction pad is maximum 1
year.
Wearing PF pump tube Perform leak check by using a PF leak check
tool (Mode 51).
If the result is "NG", replace the PF pump
tube.
* Real life of PF pump tube is maximum 1
year. Also, in case that the PF has not been
continuously used more than 1 month, the
replacement is necessary.
Misalignment of PF suction pad Perform leak check by using a PF leak check
position tool (Mode 51).
(Docking condition between PF Align the pad of the PF suction pad with the
suction pad and PF cartridge is center of the special tool. If there is the
bad.) misalignment, the small difference of the PF
cartridge position (due to a mechanical
allowance of the PF setting position)
sometime makes different results (normal
suction or no suction).
Air leakage of PF piping system Unplug and plug in again PF piping system.
(If previous actions are not effective, this
action is recommended.)
Wearing sampler O-rings Perform leak check by using a sampler leak
check tool (Mode 42).
If the result is "NG", replace the O-ring.
* Real life of O-ring is maximum 1 year.
Abnormal Hemolyzed sample is used. Prepare sample again (drawing).
results Advise sample precautions for PF tests.
PF cartridge Defective PF cartridge Check the PF cartridge. Replace it as
required.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 10-7


10. FDC7000 Practical Troubleshooting

10.4 Lot Identification Troubles

(1) Slide dot-code read error (W040: Incorrect


sample type)

Clean the CCD unit, referring to Section 5.7 in


the Instruction Manual.
A: The CCD unit may be soiled (stained).
NOTE: If the glass window of the CCD is soiled
by liquid material (water or oil based), reading
errors may occur.
NOTE: If users load samples on the sample disk
during sampling process, the samples
may spill onto the CCD to result errors.

Check the dot print quality on the reverse side


of the slide.
B: A part of dot print on the reverse side of the
slide is soiled or some dot prints are missed.

A: When loading slides into the slide cartridge


that remains to be placed on the sample disk,
the slide may be out of the standard position. As
a result, this may cause a read error. Refer to
Section 4.5.1 in the Instruction Manual.
Always take an empty slide cartridge from the
sample disk, and load slides into the slide
cartridge outside of the analyzer. Then, set the
slide cartridge with the slides into the sample
disk.

(2) Although slides are set into the slide cartridges


on the sample disk, the analyzer does not start
tests and no errors occur.
A: Other than SD slides (conventional type = no
dot-code printed) are used by mistake.
B: Spotting count is set by Mode 40.
Default = 20

10-8 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


10. FDC7000 Practical Troubleshooting

10.5 CRP Troubles


(1) Abnormal low results

Mixing DL by turning it over easily produces bubbles on the surface.


Aspirating the bubbles may cause abnormal values.
Do not turn DL over when mixing it.

(2) ini file error


E5024 INI file read error
E5000 Defective CF card
E5034 INI file read error
Actions for the following errors:
Setting data is initialized into the default settings. Data input shown in below is necessary.

Data (defective possibility) Trouble contents Action


Tip/mixing cup position Wrong using position Replace all mixing cups
When using used mixing with new ones.
cup, sample surface Place tips into all holes on
detection error or the tip racks (full) or reset
contamination will occur. the tip picking position.
Calibration setting for CRP Input a test name for
calibration using Mode 61.
CP concentration value The concentrations of CP1 - Input the concentration
CP3 are displayed "0" values for CPs using Mode
during calibration. 61.
Communication destination Communication destination Set parameters using Mode
setting settings (host PC, ticket 46.
printer, sample bar-code
reader) are changed.
Communication parameter The settings are changed. Set parameters using Mode
settings 43.
Lamp off timer setting The settings are changed. Set data using Mode 44.
No./ID setting The settings are changed. Set data using Mode 27.
Main/sub unit The settings are changed. Set data using Mode 24.
Reference intervals print The settings are changed. Set data using Mode 39.
setting
Print selection for out of The settings are changed. Set data using Mode 28.
determination range (@/<)
LCD contrast/printer density The settings are changed. Set data using Mode 82.
Beep setting The settings are changed. Set data using Mode 81.

FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01 10-9


10. FDC7000 Practical Troubleshooting

10.6 Loss of Control


In case that the analyzer loses its control and cannot
stop the operation
(1) Turn the power off.
(2) Remove all slides remaining in the analyzer.
(Removing the covers of the incubator and the
transfer part is necessary.)

(3) Turn the power on.


(4) Load tips on the tip racks (full).
(5) Replace all mixing cups. (Use the TIP/CUP
key.)

10-10 FDC7000 Service Manual 11-04-01


FUJI PHOTO FILM CO., LTD.